Virtual Private Routed Network service
This chapter provides information about the Virtual Private Routed Network (VPN) service and implementation notes. VPRN services are supported only in network mode.
VPRN service overview
RFC2547b is an extension to the original RFC 2547, which details a method of distributing routing information and forwarding data to provide a Layer 3 Virtual Private Network (VPN) service to end customers.
Each Virtual Private Routed Network (VPRN) consists of a set of customer sites connected to one or more PE routers. Each associated PE router maintains a separate IP forwarding table for each VPRN. Additionally, the PE routers exchange the routing information configured or learned from all customer sites via MP-BGP peering. Each route exchanged via the MP-BGP protocol includes a Route Distinguisher (RD), which identifies the VPRN association.
The service provider uses BGP to exchange the routes of a particular VPN among the PE routers that are attached to that VPN. This is done in a way which ensures that routes from different VPNs remain distinct and separate, even if two VPNs have an overlapping address space. The PE routers distribute routes from other CE routers in that VPN to the CE routers in a particular VPN. Because the CE routers do not peer with each other, there is no overlay visible to the VPN routing algorithm.
When BGP distributes a VPN route, it also distributes an MPLS label for that route. On a SR-Series, the label distributed with a VPN route depends on the configured label-mode of the VPRN that is originating the route.
Before a customer data packet travels across the service provider's backbone, it is encapsulated with the MPLS label that corresponds, in the customer's VPN, to the route which best matches the packet's destination address. The MPLS packet is further encapsulated with either another MPLS label header, so that it gets tunneled across the backbone to the correct PE router. Each route exchanged by the MP-BGP protocol includes a route distinguisher (RD), which identifies the VPRN association. Therefore the backbone core routers do not need to know the VPN routes. The following figure shows a VPRN network diagram example.
Routing prerequisites
RFC2547bis requires the following features:
Multi-protocol extensions
Extended BGP community support
BGP capability negotiation
Parameters defined in RFC 2918
Tunneling protocol options are as follows:
Label Distribution Protocol (LDP)
MPLS RSVP-TE tunnels
BGP support
BGP is used with BGP extensions mentioned in Routing prerequisites to distribute VPRN routing information across the service provider network.
BGP was initially designed to distribute IPv4 routing information. Therefore, multi-protocol extensions and the use of a VPN-IPv4 address were created to extend ability of the BGP to carry overlapping routing information. A VPN-IPv4 address is a 12-byte value consisting of the 8-byte route distinguisher (RD) and the 4-byte IPv4 IP address prefix. The RD must be unique within the scope of the VPRN. This allows the IP address prefixes within different VRFs to overlap.
A VPN-IPv6 address is a 24-byte value consisting of the 8-byte RD and 16-byte IPv6 address prefix. Service providers typically assign one or a small number of RDs per VPN service network-wide.
Route distinguishers
The route distinguisher (RD) is an 8-byte value consisting of 2 major fields, the Type field and Value field, as shown in the following figure. The Type field determines how the Value field should be interpreted. The 7210 SAS implementation supports the three (3) Type values as defined in the Internet draft.
The three Type values are:
Type 0: Value Field - Administrator subfield (2 bytes) Assigned number subfield (4 bytes)
The administrator field must contain an ASN (using private AS numbers is discouraged). The Assigned field contains a number assigned by the service provider.
Type 1: Value Field - Administrator subfield (4 bytes) Assigned number subfield (2 bytes)
The administrator field must contain an IP address (using private IP address space is discouraged). The Assigned field contains a number assigned by the service provider.
Type 2: Value Field - Administrator subfield (4 bytes) Assigned number subfield (2 bytes)
The administrator field must contain a 4-byte ASN (using private AS numbers is discouraged). The Assigned field contains a number assigned by the service provider.
Route reflector
Per RFC2547bis the use of Route Reflectors is supported in the service provider core. Multiple sets of route reflectors can be used for different types of BGP routes, including IPv4 and VPN-IPv6. 7210 can only be used a route reflector client. It cannot be used as a route reflector ("server").
CE to PE route exchange
Routing information between the Customer Edge (CE) and Provider Edge (PE) can be exchanged by the following methods:
Static Routes (with both IPv4 and IPv6)
E-BGP (with both IPv4 and IPv6 VPNs)
Each protocol provides controls to limit the number of routes learned from each CE router.
Route redistribution
Routing information learned from the CE-to-PE routing protocols and configured static routes should be injected in the associated local VPN routing/forwarding (VRF). In the case of dynamic routing protocols, there may be protocol-specific route policies that modify or reject some routes before they are injected into the local VRF.
Route redistribution from the local VRF to CE-to-PE routing protocols is to be controlled via the route policies in each routing protocol instance, in the same manner that is used by the base router instance.
The advertisement or redistribution of routing information from the local VRF to or from the MP-BGP instance is specified per VRF and is controlled by VRF route target associations or by VRF route policies.
VPN-IP routes imported into a VPRN, have the protocol type bgp-vpn to denote that it is an VPRN route. This can be used within the route policy match criteria.
CPE connectivity check
Static routes are used within many IES and VPRN services. Unlike dynamic routing protocols, there is no way to change the state of routes based on availability information for the associated CPE. CPE connectivity check adds flexibility so that unavailable destinations are removed from the VPRN routing tables dynamically and minimize wasted bandwidth.
The following figures show static routes.
The availability of the far-end static route is monitored through periodic polling. The polling period is configured. If the poll fails a specified number of sequential polls, the static route is marked as inactive.
Either ICMP ping or unicast ARP mechanism can be used to test the connectivity. ICMP ping is preferred.
If the connectivity check fails and the static route is de-activated, the 7210 SAS router continues to send polls and reactivate any routes that are restored.
Constrained route distribution
This section describes constrained route distribution or RT constraint (RTC).
Constrained VPN route distribution based on route targets
The RTC is a mechanism allows a router to advertise route target membership information to its BGP peers to indicate interest in receiving only VPN routes tagged with specific route target extended communities. After receiving this information, peers restrict the advertised VPN routes to only those requested, which minimizes the control plane load in terms of protocol traffic and possibly routing information base (RIB) memory.
MP-BGP carries the route target membership information, using an address family identifier (AFI) value of 1 and subsequent address family identifier (SAFI) value of 132. For two routers to exchange RT membership network layer reachability information (NLRI), they must advertise the corresponding AFI/SAFI to each other during capability negotiation. MP-BGP allows RT membership NLRI to be propagated, loop-free, within an AS and between ASs using well-known BGP route selection and advertisement rules.
Outbound route filtering (ORF) can also be used for RT-based route filtering, but ORF messages have a limited scope of distribution (to direct peers or neighbors), and, therefore, do not automatically create pruned inter-cluster and inter-AS route distribution trees.
Configuring the route target address family
RTC is supported only by the base router BGP instance. When the family command at the bgp, group or neighbor CLI context includes the route-target keyword, the RTC capability is negotiated with the associated set of eBGP and iBGP peers.
ORF and RT C are mutually exclusive on a specific BGP session. The CLI does not attempt to block this configuration, but if both capabilities are enabled on a session, the ORF capability is not included in the OPEN message sent to the peer.
Originating RT constraint routes
When the base router has one or more RTC peers (BGP peers with which the RTC capability has been successfully negotiated), one RTC route is created for each RT extended community imported into a locally-configured Layer-2 VPN or Layer-3 VPN service. These imported route targets are configured in the following contexts:
config>service>vpls>bgp
config>service>vprn
config>service>vprn>mvpn
See the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Routing Protocols Guide for more information about BGP address families that support RTC.
By default, these RTC routes are automatically advertised to all RTC peers, without the need for an export policy to explicitly accept them. Each RTC route has a prefix, prefix length, and path attributes. The prefix value is the concatenation of the origin AS (a 4-byte value representing the 2- or 4-octet AS of the originating router, as configured using the configure router autonomous-system command) and 0 or 16 to 64 bits of a route target extended community encoded in one of the following formats: 2-octet AS specific extended community, IPv4 address specific extended community, or 4-octet AS specific extended community.
A router may be configured to send the default RTC route to any RTC peer using the new default-route-target group or neighbor CLI command. The default RTC route is a special type of RTC route that has zero prefix length. Sending the default RTC route to a peer conveys a request to receive all VPN routes (regardless of route target extended community) from that peer. The default RTC route is typically advertised by a route reflector to its clients. The advertisement of the default RTC route to a peer does not suppress other, more specific, RTC routes from being sent to that peer.
Receiving and re-advertising RT constraint routes
All received RTC routes that are deemed valid are stored in the RIB-IN. An RTC route is considered invalid and treated as withdrawn if any of the following conditions apply:
The prefix length is 1 to 31.
The prefix length is 33 to 47.
The prefix length is 48 to 96 and the 16 most-significant bits are not 0x0002, 0x0102, or 0x0202.
If multiple RTC routes are received for the same prefix value, standard BGP best path selection procedures are used to determine the best of these routes.
The best RTC route per prefix is re-advertised to RTC peers based on the following rules:
The best path for a default RTC route (prefix length 0, origin AS only with prefix length 32, or origin AS plus 16 bits of an RT type with prefix length 48) is never propagated to another peer.
A PE with only iBGP RTC peers that is neither a route reflector nor an AS boundary router (ASBR) does not re-advertise the best RTC route to any RTC peer because of standard iBGP split horizon rules.
A route reflector that receives its best RTC route for a prefix from a client peer re-advertises that route (subject to export policies) to all of its client and non-client iBGP peers (including the originator), per standard RR operation. When the route is re-advertised to client peers, the RR sets the ORIGINATOR_ID to its own router ID and modifies the NEXT_HOP to be its local address for the sessions (for example, system IP).
A route reflector that receives its best RTC route for a prefix from a non-client peer re-advertises that route (subject to export policies) to all of its client peers, per standard RR operation. If the RR has a non-best path for the prefix from any of its clients, it advertises the best of the client-advertised paths to all non-client peers.
An ASBR that is neither a PE nor a route reflector that receives its best RTC route for a prefix from an iBGP peer re-advertises that route (subject to export policies) to its eBGP peers. It modifies the NEXT_HOP and AS_PATH of the re-advertised route per standard BGP rules. The aggregation of RTC routes is not supported.
An ASBR that is neither a PE nor a route reflector that receives its best RTC route for a prefix from an eBGP peer re-advertises that route (subject to export policies) to its eBGP and iBGP peers. When re-advertised routes are sent to eBGP peers, the ASBR modifies the NEXT_HOP and AS_PATH per standard BGP rules. The aggregation of RTC routes is not supported.
Using RT constraint routes
In general (ignoring iBGP-to-iBGP rules, add-path, best-external, and so on), the best VPN route for every prefix/NLRI in the RIB is sent to every peer supporting the VPN address family, but export policies may be used to prevent the advertisement of some prefix/NLRIs to specific peers. These export policies may be configured statically or created dynamically based on use of ORF or RTC with a peer. ORF and RTC are mutually exclusive on a session.
When RTC is configured on a session that also supports VPN address families using route targets (vpn-ipv4, vpn-ipv6, and so on), the advertisement of the VPN routes is affected as follows:
When the session comes up, the advertisement of the VPN routes is delayed briefly to allow RTC routes to be received from the peer.
After the initial delay, the received RTC routes are analyzed and acted upon. If S1 is the set of routes previously advertised to the peer and S2 is the set of routes that should be advertised based on the most recent received RTC routes, the following applies:
The set of routes in S1 but not in S2 should be withdrawn immediately (subject to the minimum route advertisement interval (MRAI)).
The set of routes in S2 but not in S1 should be advertised immediately (subject to MRAI).
If a default RTC route is received from a peer P1, the VPN routes that are advertised to P1 are the set that:
are eligible for advertisement to P1 per BGP route advertisement rules
have not been rejected by manually configured export policies
have not been advertised to the peer
Note: This applies regardless of whether P1 advertised the best route for the default RTC prefix.
In this context, a default RTC route is any of the following:
a route with NLRI length = zero
a route with NLRI value = origin AS and NLRI length = 32
a route with NLRI value = {origin AS+0x0002 | origin AS+0x0102 | origin AS+0x0202} and NLRI length = 48
If an RTC route for prefix A (origin-AS = A1, RT = A2/n, n > 48) is received from an iBGP peer I1 in autonomous system A1, the VPN routes that are advertised to I1 is the set that:
are eligible for advertisement to I1 per BGP route advertisement rules
have not been rejected by manually configured export policies
carry at least one route target extended community with value A2 in the n most significant bits
have not been advertised to the peer
Note: This applies regardless of whether I1 advertised the best route for A.If the best RTC route for a prefix A (origin-AS = A1, RT = A2/n, n > 48) is received from an IBGP peer I1 in autonomous system B, the VPN routes that are advertised to I1 is the set that:
are eligible for advertisement to I1 per BGP route advertisement rules
have not been rejected by manually configured export policies
carry at least one route target extended community with value A2 in the n most significant bits
have not been advertised to the peer
Note: This applies only if I1 advertised the best route for A.If the best RTC route for a prefix A (origin-AS = A1, RT = A2/n, n > 48) is received from an eBGP peer E1, the VPN routes that are advertised to E1 is the set that:
are eligible for advertisement to E1 per BGP route advertisement rules
have not been rejected by manually configured export policies
carry at least one route target extended community with value A2 in the n most significant bits
have not been advertised to the peer
Note: This applies only if E1 advertised the best route for A.
BGP fast reroute in a VPRN
BGP fast reroute is a feature that brings together indirection techniques in the forwarding plane and precomputation of BGP backup paths in the control plane to support fast reroute of BGP traffic around unreachable/failed next-hops. In a VPRN context BGP fast reroute is supported using VPN-IPv4 and VPN-IPv6 VPN routes. The supported VPRN scenarios are described in the following table.
| Ingress packet | Primary route | Backup route | Prefix independent convergence |
|---|---|---|---|
IPv4 (ingress PE) |
VPN-IPv4 route with next-hop A resolved by a LDP, RSVP or BGP tunnel |
VPN-IPv4 route with next-hop A resolved by a LDP, RSVP or BGP tunnel |
Yes |
IPv6 (ingress PE) |
VPN-IPv6 route with next-hop A resolved by a LDP, RSVP or BGP tunnel |
VPN-IPv6 route with next-hop B resolved by a LDP, RSVP or BGP tunnel |
Yes |
BGP fast reroute in a VPRN configuration
Configuring the enable-bgp-vpn-backup command under config>service>vprn causes only imported BGP-VPN routes to be considered when selecting the primary and backup paths.
This command is required to support fast failover of ingress traffic from one remote PE to another remote PE.
VPRN features
This section describes various VPRN features and any special capabilities or considerations as they relate to VPRN services.
IP interfaces
VPRN customer IP interfaces can be configured with most of the same options found on the core IP interfaces.
The advanced configuration options supported are:
-
DHCPv4 relay
VRRP for IPv4 interface
Secondary IP addresses
ICMP options
NTP broadcast receipt configuration options found on core IP interfaces are not supported on VPRN IP interfaces.
SAPs
This section provides information about SAPs.
IPv6 support for VPRN IP interfaces (in network mode)
VPRN IPv6 access interfaces are allowed to be configured to provide IPv6 VPN connectivity to customers.
IPv4 and IPv6 route table lookup entries are shared. Before adding routes for IPv6 destinations, route entries in the routed lookup table needs to be allocated for IPv6 addresses. This can be done using the config>system>resource-profile>router>max-ipv6-routes command. This command allocates route entries for /64 IPv6 prefix route lookups. The system does not allocate any IPv6 route entries by default and user needs to allocate some resources before using IPv6. For the command to take effect the node must be rebooted after making the change. For more information, see the following example and the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Basic System Configuration Guide.
A separate route table (or a block in the route table) is used for IPv6 /128-bit prefix route lookup. A limited amount of IPv6 /128 prefixes route lookup entries is supported. The software enables lookups in this table by default (that is, no user configuration is required to enable IPv6 /128-bit route lookup).
In addition, the number IP subnets can be configured by the user using the configure> system>resource-profile>router>max-ip-subnets command. Suitable default are assigned to this parameter. Users can increase the number of subnets if they plan to more IPv6 addresses per IPv6 interface.
Following features and restrictions are applicable for IPv6 VPRN IP interfaces:
PE-CE routing - static routing and EBGP is supported
A limited amount of IPv6 /128 prefixes route lookup entries is supported on 7210 SAS platforms.
VRRP for VPRN IPv6 interfaces is not supported.
Encapsulations
The following SAP encapsulations are supported on the 7210 SAS VPRN service:
Ethernet null
Ethernet dot1q
QinQ
LAG
QoS policies
When applied to a VPRN SAP, service ingress QoS policies only create the unicast queues defined in the policy (as multicast is not supported in VPRN service).
Multicast is not supported in VPRN service.
Both Layer 2 (dot1p only) or Layer 3 criteria can be used in the QoS policies for traffic classification in an VPRN.
Filter policies
Ingress and egress IPv4 and IPv6 filter policies can be applied to VPRN SAPs.
CPU QoS for VPRN interfaces
Traffic bound to CPU received on VPRN access interfaces are policed/rate-limited and queued into CPU queues. The software allocates a policer per IP application or a set of IP applications, for rate-limiting CPU bound IP traffic from all VPRN access SAPs. The policers CIR/PIR values are set to appropriate values based on feature scaling and these values are not user configurable. The software allocates a set of queues for CPU bound IP traffic from all VPRN access SAPs. The queues are either shared by a set of IP applications or in some cases allocated to an IP application. The queues are shaped to appropriate rate based on feature scaling. The shaper rate is not user-configurable.
The instance of queues and policers used for traffic received on network port IP interfaces is different for traffic received from access port IP interfaces. Additionally, the network CPU queues receive higher priority than the access CPU queues, which provides better security and mitigates the risk of access traffic affecting the network side.
On the 7210 SAS-R6, the user can configure the IP DSCP value for self-generated traffic.
CE to PE routing protocols
The 7210 SAS VPRN supports the following PE to CE routing protocols:
eBGP (for both IPv4 and IPv6)
Static with both IPv4 and IPv6)
OSPF v2 (IPv4)
PE to PE tunneling mechanisms
The 7210 SAS supports multiple mechanisms to provide transport tunnels for the forwarding of traffic between PE routers within the 2547bis network.
The 7210 SAS VPRN implementation supports the use of:
RSVP-TE protocol to create tunnel LSP's between PE routers
LDP protocol to create tunnel LSP's between PE routers
These transport tunnel mechanisms provide the flexibility of using dynamically created LSPs where the service tunnels are automatically bound (the ‟autobind” feature) and the ability to provide specific VPN services with their own transport tunnels by explicitly binding SDPs if needed. When the autobind is used, all services traverse the same LSPs and do not allow alternate tunneling mechanisms or the ability to craft sets of LSP's with bandwidth reservations for specific customers as is available with explicit SDPs for the service.
Per VRF route limiting
The 7210 SAS allows setting the maximum number of routes that can be accepted in the VRF for a VPRN service. There are options to specify a percentage threshold at which to generate an event that the VRF table is near full and an option to disable additional route learning when full or only generate an event.
Exporting MP-BGP VPN routes
To reduce the number of MP-BGP VPN tunnels in a group of IP/MPLS PE routers that are part of the same L3 VPN instance, a hierarchy can be established by reexporting the VPN IP routes on a PE aggregation router (which can be an ABR node). In the case of VPRN service labels, reexporting VPN IP routes reduces the required MPLS FIB resources to the scale available on smaller access routers.
Use the config>service>vprn>allow-export-bgp-vpn command to configure the feature. This command enables the vrf-export and vrf-target export functions to include BGP-VPN routes that are installed in the VPRN route table.
When a route is installed in the VPRN route table, the route is exported as a new VPN-IP route to an MP-IBGP peer only; that is, the route is accepted by the VRF export policy but may be rejected by a BGP export policy. Assuming that the export policies have simple accept and reject actions, the new VPN-IP route is the same as the original VPN-IP route, except in the following cases.
The RD is changed to the value of the advertising VPRN.
The BGP next-hop is changed to a local address of the PE.
The label value is changed to the per-VRF label value of the advertising VPRN.
Configuration guidelines
The following configuration guidelines apply to this feature:
You must shut down and restart the VPRN context for any changes to the allow-export-bgp-vpn command to take effect.
You must configure the VPRN service with a loopback IP interface for the command to take effect.
SAPs cannot be configured in a VPRN service in which the allow-export-bgp-vpn command is enabled.
Spoke SDPs
Spoke-SDP termination into a Layer 3 service is not supported on 7210 SAS platforms.
Distributed services use service distribution points (SDPs) to direct traffic to another SR-Series router via service tunnels. SDPs are created on each participating SR-Series and then bound to a specific service. SDP can be created as either GRE or MPLS. See SDPs for information about configuring SDPs.
This feature provides the ability to cross-connect traffic entering on a spoke-SDP, used for Layer 2 services (VLLs or VPLS), on to an IES or VPRN service. From a logical point of view, the spoke-SDP entering on a network port is cross-connected to the Layer 3 service as if it entered by a service SAP. The main exception to this is traffic entering the Layer 3 service by a spoke-SDP is handled with network QoS policies not access QoS policies.
The following figure shows traffic terminating on a specific IES or VPRN service that is identified by the sdp-id and VC label present in the service packet.
The following figure shows a spoke-SDP terminating directly into an IES. In this case, a spoke-SDP could be tied to an Epipe or H-VPLS service. There is no configuration required on the PE connected to the CE.
All the routing protocols, including multicast, that are supported by VPRN are supported for spoke-sdp termination.
T-LDP status signaling for spoke SDPs terminating on IES/VPRN
T-LDP status signaling and PW active/standby signaling capabilities are supported on Epipe spoke SDPs.
Spoke-SDP termination on an IES or VPRN provides the ability to cross-connect traffic entering on a spoke-SDP, used for Layer 2 services (VLLs or VPLS), on to an IES or VPRN service. From a logical point of view the spoke-SDP entering on a network port is cross-connected to the Layer 3 service as if it had entered using a service SAP. The main exception to this is traffic entering the Layer 3 service using a spoke-SDP is handled with network QoS policies instead of access QoS policies.
When a SAP Down or SDP binding down status message is received by the PE in which the Ethernet spoke-SDP is terminated on an IES or VPRN interface, the interface is brought down and all associated routes are withdrawn in a similar way when the spoke-SDP goes down locally. The same actions are taken when the standby T-LDP status message is received by the IES/VPRN PE.
This feature can be used to provide redundant connectivity to a VPRN or IES from a PE providing a VLL service, as shown in the following figure.
GR Helper for CE-PE Routing Protocols
The GR helper function for BGP and OSPF between CE and PE is supported for routing protocols that are running in the default routing context.
Spoke-SDP Redundancy into IES/VPRN
This feature can be used to provide redundant connectivity to a VPRN or IES from a PE providing a VLL service, as shown in Active/standby VRF using resilient L2 circuits, using Epipe spoke-SDPs.
In Active/standby VRF using resilient L2 circuits, PE1 terminates two spoke-SDPs that are bound to one SAP connected to CE1. PE1 chooses to forward traffic on one of the spoke SDPs (the active spoke-SDP), while blocking traffic on the other spoke-SDP (the standby spoke-SDP) in the transmit direction. PE2 and PE3 take any spoke-SDPs for which PW forwarding standby has been signaled by PE1 to an operationally down state.
7210 routers are expected to fulfill both functions (VLL and VPRN/IES PE). The following figure shows the model for spoke-SDP redundancy into a VPRN or IES.
Using OSPF in IP-VPNs
Using OSPF as a CE to PE routing protocol allows OSPF that is currently running as the IGP routing protocol to migrate to an IP-VPN backbone without changing the IGP routing protocol, introducing BGP as the CE-PE or relying on static routes for the distribution of routes into the service providers IP-VPN. The following features are supported:
Advertisement/redistribution of BGP-VPN routes as summary (type 3) LSAs flooded to CE neighbors of the VPRN OSPF instance. This occurs if the OSPF route type (in the OSPF route type BGP extended community attribute carried with the VPN route) is not external (or NSSA) and the locally configured domain-id matches the domain-id carried in the OSPF domain ID BGP extended community attribute carried with the VPN route.
OSPF sham links. A sham link is a logical PE-to-PE unnumbered point-to-point interface that essentially rides over the PE-to-PE transport tunnel. A sham link can be associated with any area and can therefore appear as an intra-area link to CE routers attached to different PEs in the VPN.
Service label mode of a VPRN
The 7210 SAS allocates one unique (platform-wide) service label per VRF. All VPN-IP routes exported by the PE from a particular VPRN service with that configuration have the same service label. When the PE receives a terminating MPLS packet, the service label value determines the VRF to which the packet belongs. A lookup of the IP packet DA in the forwarding table of the selected VRF determines the next-hop interface.
Multicast in IP-VPN applications
Applications for this feature include enterprise customer implementing a VPRN solution for their WAN networking needs, customer applications including stock-ticker information, financial institutions for stock and other types of trading data and video delivery systems.
The following figure depicts an example of multicast in an IP-VPN application. The provider domain encompasses the core routers (1 through 4) and the edge routers (5 through 10). The various IP-VPN customers each have their own multicast domain, VPN-1 (CE routers 12, 13 and 16) and VPN-2 (CE Routers 11, 14, 15, 17 and 18). In this VPRN example, the VPN-1 data generated by the customer behind router 16 is multicast only by PE router 9 to PE routers 6 and 7 for delivery to CE routers 12 and 13 respectively. Data for VPN-2 generated by the customer behind router 15 is forwarded by PE router 8 to PE routers 5, 7 and 10 for delivery to CE routers 18, 11, 14 and 17 respectively.
The demarcation of these domains is in the PE router (routers 5 through 10). The PE router participates in both the customer multicast domain and the provider multicast domain. The customer CE routers are limited to a multicast adjacency with the multicast instance on the PE created to support that specific customer IP-VPN. This way, customers are isolated from the provider core multicast domain and other customer multicast domains while the provider core routers only participate in the provider multicast domain and are isolated from all customer multicast domains.
The PE for a specific customer multicast domain becomes adjacent to the CE routers attached to that PE and to all other PE that participate in the IP-VPN (or customer) multicast domain. This is achieved by the PE, which encapsulates the customer multicast control data and multicast streams inside the provider multicast packets. These encapsulated packets are forwarded only to the PE nodes that are participating in the same MVPN domain and are part of the same customer VPRN. This prunes the distribution of the multicast control and data traffic to the PEs that do not participate in the customer multicast domain.
Multicast protocols supported in the provider network
An MVPN is defined by two sets of sites: the sender sites set and receiver sites set, with the following properties:
Hosts within the sender sites set could originate multicast traffic for receivers in the receiver sites set.
Receivers not in the receiver sites set should not be able to receive this traffic.
Hosts within the receiver sites set could receive multicast traffic originated by any host in the sender sites set.
Hosts within the receiver sites set should not be able to receive multicast traffic originated by any host that is not in the sender sites set.
A site could be both in the sender sites set and receiver sites set, which implies that hosts within such a site could both originate and receive multicast traffic. An extreme case is when the sender sites set is the same as the receiver sites set, in which case all sites could originate and receive multicast traffic from each other.
Sites within a specific MVPN can only be within the same organizations, which implies that an MVPN can be an intranet. A site may be in more than one MVPN, which implies that MVPNs may overlap. Not all sites of a specific MVPN have to be connected to the same service provider, which implies that an MVPN can span multiple service providers.
Another way to look at MVPN is to say that an MVPN is defined by a set of administrative policies. These policies determine the sender sites set and receiver site set. These policies are established by MVPN customers, but implemented by MVPN service providers using the existing BGP/MPLS VPN mechanisms, such as route targets, with extensions, as necessary.
MVPN using BGP control plane
The 7210 SAS supports next generation MVPN with MLDP and RSVP P2MP provider tunnels.
The Nokia implementation supports the following features:
MVPN is supported all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document.
MVPN membership auto-discovery using BGP is supported.
PE-PE transmission of C-multicast routing using BGP is supported.
IPv4 is supported.
Inter-AS MVPN with option A is supported. This does not require any additional control or data plane implementations.
MVPN membership auto-discovery using BGP
BGP-based auto-discovery (AD) is performed by using a multicast VPN address family. Any PE router that attaches to an MVPN must issue a BGP update message containing an NLRI in this address family, along with a specific set of attributes.
The PE router uses route targets to specify MVPN route import and export. The route target may be the same as the one used for the corresponding unicast VPN, or it may be different. The PE router can specify separate import route targets for sender sites and receiver sites for a specific MVPN.
The route distinguisher (RD) that is used for the corresponding unicast VPN can also be used for the MVPN.
When BGP AD is enabled, PIM peering on the I-PMSI is disabled, so no PIM hellos are sent on the I-PMSI. C-tree to P-tunnel bindings are also discovered using BGP S-PMSI AD routes, instead of PIM join TLVs.
For example, if AD is disabled, the c-mcast-signaling bgp command fails and the following error message displays:
C-multicast signaling in BGP requires auto-discovery to be enabled
AD is enabled by default on the 7210 SAS-R6 and 7210 SAS-R12.
If c-mcast-signaling is set to bgp, the no auto-discovery command fails and the following error message displays:
C-multicast signaling in BGP requires auto-discovery to be enabled
When c-mcast-signaling is set to bgp, S-PMSI AD is always enabled (configuration is ignored).
Provider tunnel support
The following provider tunnels are supported:
mLDP inclusive provider tunnel
mLDP selective provider tunnel
RSVP P2MP LSPs inclusive provider tunnel
RSVP P2MP LSPs selective provider tunnel
Inter-AS VPRNs
Inter-AS IP-VPN services have been driven by the popularity of IP services and service provider expansion beyond the borders of a single Autonomous System (AS) or the requirement for IP VPN services to cross the AS boundaries of multiple providers. Three options for supporting inter-AS IP-VPNs are described in RFC 4364, BGP/MPLS IP Virtual Private Networks (VPNs).
The first option, referred to as Option-A (shown in the following figure), is considered inherent in any implementation. This method uses a back-to-back connection between separate VPRN instances in each AS. As a result, each VPRN instance views the inter-AS connection as an external interface to a remote VPRN customer site. The back-to-back VRF connections between the ASBR nodes require individual sub-interfaces, one per VRF.
The second option, referred to as Option-B (Inter-AS Option-B), relies heavily on the AS Boundary Routers (ASBRs) as the interface between the autonomous systems. This approach enhances the scalability of the eBGP VRF-to-VRF solution by eliminating the need for per-VPRN configuration on the ASBRs. However it requires that the ASBRs provide a control plan and forwarding plane connection between the autonomous systems. The ASBRs are connected to the PE nodes in its local autonomous system using iBGP either directly or through route reflectors.
This means the ASBRs receive all the VPRN information and forwards these VPRN updates, VPN-IPV4, to all its EBGP peers, ASBRs, using itself as the next-hop. It also changes the label associated with the route. This means the ASBRs must maintain an associate mapping of labels received and labels issued for those routes. The peer ASBRs, in turn, forward those updates to all local IBGP peers.
This form of inter-AS VPRNs does not require instances of the VPRN to be created on the ASBR, as in option-A, as a result there is less management overhead. This is also the most common form of Inter-AS VPRNs used between different service providers as all routes advertised between autonomous systems can be controlled by route policies on the ASBRs.
The third option, referred to as Option-C (shown in the following figure), allows for a higher scale of VPRNs across AS boundaries but also expands the trust model between ASNs. As a result this model is typically used within a single company that may have multiple ASNs for various reasons.
This model differs from Option-B, in that in Option-B all direct knowledge of the remote AS is contained and limited to the ASBR. As a result, in option-B the ASBR performs all necessary mapping functions and the PE routers do not need perform any additional functions then in a non-Inter-AS VPRN.
With Option-C, knowledge from the remote AS is distributed throughout the local AS. This distribution allows for higher scalability but also requires all PEs and ASBRs involved in the Inter-AS VPRNs to participate in the exchange of inter-AS routing information.
In Option-C, the ASBRs distribute reachability information for remote PE system IP addresses only. This is done between the ASBRs by exchanging MP-eBGP labeled routes, using RFC 3107, Carrying Label Information in BGP-4.
Distribution of VPRN routing information is handled by either direct MP-BGP peering between PEs in the different ASNs or more likely by one or more route reflectors in ASN.
Configuring a VPRN service with CLI
This section provides information to configure Virtual Private Routed Network (VPRN) services using the command line interface.
Basic configuration
The following fields require specific input (there are no defaults) to configure a basic VPRN service:
customer ID (see Configuring customer accounts)
specify interface parameters
VPRN service configuration
*A:ALA-1>config>service>vprn# info
----------------------------------------------
vrf-import "vrfImpPolCust1"
vrf-export "vrfExpPolCust1"
autonomous-system 10000
route-distinguisher 10001:1
auto-bind ldp
vrf-target target:10001:1
interface "to-ce1" create
address 10.1.0.1/24
exit
sap 1/1/10:1 create
ingress
qos 100
exit
filter ip 10
exit
exit
exit
exit
static-route 10.5.0.0/24 next-hop 10.1.1.2
bgp
router-id 10.0.0.1
group "to-cel"
export "vprnBgpExpPolCust1"
peer-as 65101
neighbor 10.1.1.2
exit
exit
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service>vprn#Common configuration tasks
This section provides a brief overview of the tasks that must be performed to configure a VPRN service and provides the syntax commands.
Associate a VPRN service with a customer ID.
Define an autonomous system (optional).
Define a route distinguisher (mandatory).
Define VRF route-target associations or VRF import/export policies.
Create an interface.
Define SAP parameters on the interface:
Select nodes and ports.
Optional - select QoS policies other than the default (configured in config>qos context).
Optional - select filter policies (configured in config>filter context).
Optional - select accounting policy (configured in config>log context).
Define BGP parameters (optional).
BGP must be enabled in the config>router>bgp context.
Enable the service.
Configuring VPRN components
Creating a VPRN service
Use the following syntax to create a VRPN service. A route distinguisher must be defined in order for VPRN to be operationally active.
config>service# vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
route-distinguisher [ip-address:number1 | asn:number2]
description description-string
no shutdownVPRN service configuration
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vprn 1 customer 1 create
route-distinguisher 10001:0
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service>vprn# Configuring global VPRN parameters
See VPRN services command reference for CLI syntax to configure VPRN parameters.
VPRN service with configured parameters
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vprn 1 customer 1 create
vrf-import "vrfImpPolCust1"
vrf-export "vrfExpPolCust1"
autonomous-system 10000
route-distinguisher 10001:1
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service# Configuring router interfaces
See the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Router Configuration Guide for command descriptions and syntax information to configure router interfaces.
Router interface configuration
ALA48>config>router# info
#------------------------------------------
echo "IP Configuration"
#------------------------------------------
...
interface "if1"
address 10.2.2.1/24
exit
interface "if2"
address 10.49.1.46/24
port 1/1/34
exit
interface "if3"
address 10.11.11.1/24
exit
...
#------------------------------------------
ALA48>config>router# Configuring VPRN protocols - BGP
The autonomous system number and router ID configured in the VPRN context only applies to that particular service.
The minimal parameters that should be configured for a VPRN BGP instance are:
Specify an autonomous system number for the router. See Configuring global VPRN parameters.
Specify a router ID - Note that if a new or different router ID value is entered in the BGP context, then the new values takes precedence and overwrites the VPRN-level router ID. See Configuring global VPRN parameters.
Specify a VPRN BGP peer group.
Specify a VPRN BGP neighbor with which to peer.
Specify a VPRN BGP peer-AS that is associated with the above peer.
VPRN BGP is administratively enabled upon creation. Minimally, to enable VPRN BGP in a VPRN instance, you must associate an autonomous system number and router ID for the VPRN service, create a peer group, neighbor, and associate a peer ASN. There are no default VPRN BGP groups or neighbors. Each VPRN BGP group and neighbor must be explicitly configured.
All parameters configured for VPRN BGP are applied to the group and are inherited by each peer, but a group parameter can be overridden on a specific basis. VPRN BGP command hierarchy consists of three levels:
the global level
the group level
the neighbor level
Use the following commands to configure VPRN BGP groups and neighbors.
config>service>vprn>bgp# (global level)
group (group level)
neighbor (neighbor level)For more information about the BGP protocol, see the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Router Configuration Guide.
Configuring VPRN BGP group and neighbor parameters
A group is a collection of related VPRN BGP peers. The group name should be a descriptive name for the group. Follow your group, name, and ID naming conventions for consistency and to help when troubleshooting faults.
All parameters configured for a peer group are applied to the group and are inherited by each peer (neighbor), but a group parameter can be overridden on a specific neighbor-level basis.
After a group name is created and options are configured, neighbors can be added within the same autonomous system to create IBGP connections or neighbors in different autonomous systems to create EBGP peers. All parameters configured for the peer group level are applied to each neighbor, but a group parameter can be overridden on a specific neighbor basis.
VPRN BGP CLI syntax
Use the syntax to configure VPRN BGP parameters (BGP configuration commands).
VPRN BGP configuration
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vprn 1 customer 1 create
vrf-import "vrfImpPolCust1"
vrf-export "vrfExpPolCust1"
autonomous-system 10000
route-distinguisher 10001:1
auto-bind ldp
vrf-target target:10001:1
interface "to-ce1" create
address 10.1.0.1/24
sap 1/1/10:1 create
ingress
qos 100
exit
filter ip 6
exit
exit
exit
static-route 10.5.0.0/24 next-hop 10.1.1.2
bgp
router-id 10.0.0.1
group "to-cel"
export "vprnBgpExpPolCust1"
peer-as 65101
neighbor 10.1.1.2
exit
exit
exit
spoke-sdp 2 create
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#Configuring a VPRN interface
Interface names associate an IP address to the interface, and then associate the IP interface with a physical port. The logical interface can associate attributes like an IP address, port, Link Aggregation Group (LAG) or the system.
There are no default interfaces.
Note that you can configure a VPRN interface as a loopback interface by issuing the loopback command instead of the sap sap-id command. The loopback flag cannot be set on an interface where a SAP is already defined and a SAP cannot be defined on a loopback interface.
When using mtrace/mstat in a Layer 3 VPN context then the configuration for the VPRN should have a loopback address configured which has the same address as the core instance's system address (BGP next-hop).
See OSPF configuration commands (IPv4 only) for CLI commands and syntax.
VPRN interface configuration output
*A:7210 SAS>config>service>vprn>if# info detail
----------------------------------------------
no description
no address
no mac
arp-timeout 14400
no allow-directed-broadcasts
icmp
mask-reply
redirects 100 10
unreachables 100 10
ttl-expired 100 10
exit
no arp-populate
dhcp
shutdown
no description
proxy-server
shutdown
no emulated-server
no lease-time
exit
no option
no server
no trusted
no lease-populate
no gi-address
no relay-plain-bootp
no use-arp
exit
no authentication-policy
no ip-mtu
no host-connectivity-verify
no delayed-enable
no bfd
ipcp
no peer-ip-address
no dns
exit
no proxy-arp-policy
no local-proxy-arp
no remote-proxy-arp
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:7210 SAS>config>service>vprn>if#Configuring a VPRN interface SAP
A SAP is a combination of a port and encapsulation parameters which identifies the service access point on the interface and within the 7210 SAS. Each SAP must be unique within a router. A SAP cannot be defined if the interface loopback command is enabled.
When configuring VPRN interface SAP parameters, a default QoS policy is applied to each ingress and egress SAP. Additional QoS policies and scheduler policies must be configured in the config>qos context. Filter policies are configured in the config>filter context and must be explicitly applied to a SAP. There are no default filter policies.
VPRN interface SAP configuration
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vprn 1 customer 1 create
vrf-import "vrfImpPolCust1"
vrf-export "vrfExpPolCust1"
autonomous-system 10000
route-distinguisher 10001:1
auto-bind ldp
vrf-target target:10001:1
interface "to-ce1" create
address 10.1.0.1/24
sap 1/1/10:1 create
ingress
qos 100
exit
filter ip 6
exit
exit
exit
static-route 6.5.0.0/24 next-hop 10.1.1.2
spoke-sdp 2 create
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#Configuring VPRN protocols - OSPF
In a VPRN interface, each VPN routing instance is isolated from any other VPN routing instance, and from the routing used across the backbone. OSPF can be run with any VPRN, independently of the routing protocols used in other VPRNs, or in the backbone itself. For more information about the OSPF protocol, see the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Routing Protocols Guide.
Use the configure>service>vprn>ospf context to configure the OSPF protocol within VPRN.
VPRN OSPF CLI syntax
See Configuring VPRN protocols - OSPF for CLI syntax to configure VPRN parameters.
For more information about the OSPF protocol, see the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Routing Protocols Guide.
VPRN OSPF configuration
A:duta>config>service>vprn# info
----------------------------------------------
router-id 10.10.10.1
autonomous-system 100
route-distinguisher 65510:1
auto-bind ldp
vrf-target target:65520:1
interface "to-ixia-1" create
address 10.1.1.1/24
sap 1/1/9:1 create
exit
exit
interface "to-ixia-2" create
address 10.1.2.1/24
sap 1/1/9:12 create
exit
exit
ospf
super-backbone
vpn-domain 0005 0000.0000.0001
export "from_mbgp_to_ospf"
area 0.0.0.0
interface "to-ixia-2"
mtu 1500
no shutdown
exit
sham-link "to-ixia-1" 10.1.1.1
exit
sham-link "to-ixia-1" 111.11.1.1
exit
exit
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
A:duta>config>service>vprn#Service management tasks
This section describes the service management tasks.
Modifying VPRN service parameters
Use the syntax to modify VPRN parameters (VPRN services command reference).
VPRN service creation and modification
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vprn 1 customer 1 create
shutdown
vrf-import "vrfImpPolCust1"
vrf-export "vrfExpPolCust1"
maximum-routes 2000
autonomous-system 10000
route-distinguisher 10001:1
interface "to-ce1" create
address 10.1.1.1/24
sap 1/1/10:1 create
exit
exit
static-route 10.5.0.0/24 next-hop 10.1.1.2
bgp
router-id 10.0.0.1
group "to-ce1"
export "vprnBgpExpPolCust1"
peer-as 65101
neighbor 10.1.1.2
exit
exit
exit
spoke-sdp 2 create
exit
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service>vprn#Deleting a VPRN service
An VPRN service cannot be deleted until SAPs and interfaces are shut down and deleted. If protocols or a spoke-SDP are defined, they must be shut down and removed from the configuration as well.
Use the following syntax to delete a VPRN service.
config>service#
[no] vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
shutdown
[no] interface ip-int-name
shutdown
[no] sap sap-id]
[no] bgp
shutdown
[no] spoke-sdp sdp-id
[no] shutdownDisabling a VPRN service
Use the following syntax to shutdown a VPN service without deleting any service parameters.
config>service#
vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
shutdownDisabling a VPRN service
config>service# vprn 1
config>service>vprn# shutdown
config>service>vprn# exit*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vprn 1 customer 1 create
shutdown
vrf-import "vrfImpPolCust1"
vrf-export "vrfExpPolCust1"
autonomous-system 10000
route-distinguisher 10001:1
auto-bind ldp
vrf-target target:10001:1
interface "to-ce1" create
address 11.1.0.1/24
sap 1/1/10:1 create
ingress
qos 100
exit
filter ip 6
exit
exit
exit
static-route 10.5.0.0/24 next-hop 10.1.1.2
bgp
router-id 10.0.0.1
group "to-cel"
export "vprnBgpExpPolCust1"
peer-as 65101
neighbor 10.1.1.2
exit
exit
exit
spoke-sdp 2 create
exit
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#Re-enabling a VPRN service
Use the following syntax to re-enable a VPRN service that was shut down.
config>service#
vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
no shutdownVPRN services command reference
Command hierarchies
VPRN service configuration commands
config
- service
- vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
- no vprn service-id
- [no] allow-export-bgp-vpn
- auto-bind-tunnel
- resolution {any | filter | disabled}
- resolution-filter
- [no] ldp
- [no] rsvp
- autonomous-system as-number
- no autonomous-system
- description description-string
- no description
- enable-bgp-vpn-backup [ipv4] [ipv6]
- no enable-bgp-vpn-backup
- maximum-ipv6-routes number [log-only] [threshold percent]
- no maximum-ipv6-routes
- maximum-routes number [log-only] [threshold percent]
- no maximum-routes
- route-distinguisher [ip-address:number1 | asn:number2]
- no route-distinguisher
- router-id ip-address
- no router-id
- [no] shutdown
- sgt-qos
- application dscp-app-name dscp {dscp-value | dscp-name}
- application dot1p-app-name dot1p dot1p-priority
- no application {dscp-app-name | dot1p-app-name}
- dscp dscp-name fc fc-name
- no dscp dscp-name fc fc-name
- snmp-community community-name [version SNMP-version]
- no snmp-community community-name
- source-address
- application app [ip-int-name | ip-address]
- no application app
- [no] spoke-sdp sdp-id
- description description-string
- no description
- [no] shutdown
- [no] static-route {ip-prefix/prefix-length | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] {next-hop ip-int-name | ip-address | ipsec-tunnel ipsec-tunnel-name} [bfd-enable | {cpe-check cpe-ip-address [interval seconds] [drop-count count] [log]}] {prefix-list prefix-list-name [all|none]}]
- [no] static-route {ip-prefix/prefix-length | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] indirect ip-address [cpe-check cpe-ip-address [interval seconds][drop-count count] [log]] {prefix-list prefix-list-name [all|none]}]
- [no] static-route {ip-prefix/prefix-length | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] black-hole {prefix-list prefix-list-name [all | none]}]
- vrf-export policy-name [policy-name...(upto 5 max)]
- no vrf-export
- vrf-import policy-name [policy-name...(upto 5 max)]
- no vrf-import
- vrf-target {ext-comm|{[export ext-comm] [import ext-comm]}}
- no vrf-target
- [no] shutdown
Multicast VPN commands
config
- service
- vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
- no vprn service-id
- mvpn
- [no] auto-discovery [default]
- c-mcast-signaling {bgp}
- no c-mcast-signaling
- [no] intersite-shared
- mdt-type {sender-receiver | sender-only | receiver-only}
- no mdt-type
- provider-tunnel
- inclusive
- bsr {unicast | spmsi}
- no bsr
- [no] mldp
- [no] shutdown
- [no] rsvp
- lsp-template lsp-template
- no lsp-template
- [no] shutdown
- [no] wildcard-spmsi
- selective
- data-delay-interval value
- no data-delay-interval
- data-threshold {c-grp-ip-addr/mask | c-grp-ip-addr netmask}
- no data-threshold {c-grp-ip-addr/mask | c-grp-ip-addr netmask}
- maximum-p2mp-spmsi range
- no maximum-p2mp-spmsi
- [no] mldp
- [no] shutdown
- [no] rsvp
- lsp-template lsp-template
- no lsp-template
- [no] shutdown
- umh-selection {highest-ip}
- no umh-selection
- vrf-export {unicast | policy-name [policy-name...(up to 15 max)]}
- no vrf-export
- vrf-import {unicast | policy-name [policy-name...(up to 15 max)]}
- no vrf-import
- vrf-target {unicast | ext-community | export unicast | ext-community | import unicast | ext-community}
- no vrf-target
- export {unicast | ext-community}
- import {unicast | ext-community}
Interface commands
config
- service
- vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
- no vprn service-id
- [no] interface ip-int-name
- address ip-address[/mask] [netmask] [broadcast {all-ones | host-ones}]
- no address
- [no] allow-directed-broadcasts
- arp-timeout [seconds]
- no arp-timeout
- bfd transmit-interval [receive receive-interval] [multiplier multiplier][echo-receive echo-interval] [type iom-hw]
- no bfd
- delayed-enable seconds [init-only]
- no delayed-enable
- description description-string
- no description [description-string]
- no description [description-string]
- dhcp
- description description-string
- no description
- gi-address ip-address [src-ip-addr]
- no gi-address
- [no] option
- action {replace | drop | keep}
- no action
- [no] circuit-id [ascii-tuple | ifindex | sap-id | vlan-ascii-tuple]
- [no] remote-id [mac | string string]
- [no] vendor-specific-option
- [no] client-mac-address
- [no] sap-id
- [no] service-id
- string text
- no string
- [no] system-id
- no relay-plain-bootp
- relay-plain-bootp
- no server
- server server1 [server2...(up to 8 max)]
- [no] shutdown
- [no] trusted
- icmp
- [no] icmp
- [no] mask-reply
- redirects number seconds
- no redirects [number seconds]
- ttl-expired number seconds
- no ttl-expired [number seconds]
- unreachables number seconds
- no unreachables [number seconds]
- ip-mtu octets
- no ip-mtu
- ipv6
- no ipv6
- [no] address ipv6-address/prefix-length [eui-64] [preferred]
- icmp6
- [no] packet-too-big number seconds
- [no] param-problem number seconds
- [no] redirects number seconds
- [no] time-exceeded number seconds
- [no] unreachables number seconds
- [no] link-local-address ipv6-address [preferred]
- [no] local-proxy-nd
- [no] neighbor ipv6-address mac-address
- [no] proxy-nd-policy policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
- [no] local-proxy-arp
- [no] loopback
- [no] proxy-arp-policy policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
- proxy-arp-policy ieee-address
- no proxy-arp-policy
- [no] remote-proxy-arp
- secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask} [broadcast {all-ones | host-ones}] [igp-inhibit]
- no secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask}
- static-arp ieee-address
- [no] static-arp [ieee-address]
- [no] shutdown
- static-arp ip-address ieee-address
- [no] static-arp ip-address [ieee-address]
- [no] vrrp virtual-router-id
Interface VRRP commands (IPv4 only - applicable for network mode only)
config
- service
- vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
- no vprn service-id
- interface ip-int-name
- vrrp virtual-router-id [owner]
- no vrrp virtual-router-id
- authentication-key {authentication-key | hash-key} [hash | hash2]
- no authentication-key
- [no] backup ip-address
- [no] init-delay [service-id] interface interface-name dst-ip ip-address
- init-delay seconds
- no init-delay
- [no] master-int-inherit
- message-interval {[seconds] [milliseconds milliseconds]}
- no message-interval
- [no] ping-reply
- policy vrrp-policy-id
- no policy
- [no] preempt
- priority priority
- no priority
- [no] shutdown
- [no] ssh-reply
- [no] standby-forwarding
- [no] telnet-reply
- [no] traceroute-reply
Interface SAP commands
config
- service
- vprn service-id [customer customer-id] [create]
- no vprn service-id
- [no] interface ip-int-name [create] [tunnel]
- [no] sap sap-id
- accounting-policy acct-policy-id
- no accounting-policy [acct-policy-id]
- [no] collect-stats
- description description-string
- no description [description-string]
- dist-cpu-protection policy-name
- no dist-cpu-protection
- ingress
- meter-override
- meter meter-id [create]
- no meter meter-id
- adaptation-rule [pir adaptation-rule] [cir adaptation-rule]
- cbs size [kbits | bytes | kbytes]
- no cbs
- mbs size [kbits | bytes | kbytes]
- no mbs
- no mode
- no mode
- rate cir cir-rate [pir pir-rate]
- queue-override
- queue queue-id [create]
- adaptation-rule [pir adaptation-rule] [cir adaptation-rule]
- no port-parent
- port-parent [cir-level cir-level] [pir-weight pir-weight]
- queue-mgmt name
- no queue-mgmt
- no rate
- rate [cir cir-rate] [pir pir-rate]
- [no] shutdown
- statistics
- ingress
- counter-mode {in-out-profile-count | forward-drop-count}
- tod-suite tod-suite-name
- no tod-suite
Interface SAP filter and QoS commands
config
- service
- vprn service-id [customer customer-id] [create]
- no vprn service-id
- [no] interface ip-int-name [create] [tunnel]
- [no] sap sap-id
- egress
- agg-rate-limit agg-rate
- no agg-rate-limit
- aggregate-meter-rate rate-in-kbps [burst burst-in-kbits] [enable-stats]
- no aggregate-meter-rate
- filter ip ip-filter-id
- filter ipv6 ipv6 -filter-id
- filter mac mac-filter-id
- no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ ipv6 ipv6-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
- ingress
- aggregate-meter-rate rate-in-kbps [burst burst-in-kbits]
- no aggregate-meter-rate
- filter ip ip-filter-id
- filter [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
- filter mac mac-filter-id
- no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
- qos policy-id [enable-table-classification]
Routed VPLS commands
config
- service
- vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
- no vprn service-id
- interface ip-int-name [create]
- no interface ip-int-name
- vpls service-name
- no vpls
- ingress
- [no] enable-table-classification
- routed-override-qos-policy policy-id
- no routed-override-qos-policy
- v4-routed-override-filter ip-filter-id
- no v4-routed-override-filter
BGP configuration commands
config
- service
- vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
- no vprn service-id
- [no] bgp
- [no] advertise-inactive
- [no] aggregator-id-zero
- always-compare-med {zero | infinity}
- no always-compare-med
- [no] as-path-ignore
- auth-keychain name
- authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
- no authentication-key
- [no] connect-retry seconds
- [no] damping
- description description-string
- no description
- [no] disable-4byte-asn
- disable-capability-negotiation
- no disable-capability-negotiation
- disable-communities [standard] [extended]
- no disable-communities
- [no] disable-fast-external-failover
- [no] enable-peer-tracking
- export policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
- no export
- family [ipv4] [ipv6]
- no family
- hold-time seconds [strict]
- no hold-time
- import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
- no import
- keepalive seconds
- no keepalive
- local-preference ip-address
- no local-preference
- local-as
- local-as as-number [private]
- no local-as
- local-preference local-preference
- no local-preference
- loop-detect {drop-peer | discard-route | ignore-loop| off}
- no loop-detect
- med-out {number | igp-cost}
- no med-out
- min-as-origination seconds
- no min-as-origination
- min-route-advertisement seconds
- no min-route-advertisement
- multihop ttl-value
- no multihop
- next-hop-self
- no next-hop-self
- preference preference
- no preference
- peer-as as number
- no peer-as
- [no] path-mtu-discovery
- [no] rapid-withdrawal
- [no] remove-private
- router-id ip-address
- no router-id
- [no] shutdown
- [no] group name [dynamic-peer]
- [no] advertise-inactive
- [no] aggregator-id-zero
- [no] as-override
- auth-keychain name
- authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
- no authentication-key
- connect-retry seconds
- no connect-retry
- [no] damping
- description description-string
- no description
- [no] disable-4byte-asn
- disable-communities [standard] [extended]
- no disable-communities
- [no] disable-fast-external-failover
- [no] enable-peer-tracking
- export policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
- no export
- family [ipv4] [ipv6]
- no family
- hold-time seconds [strict]
- no hold-time
- import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
- no import
- keepalive seconds
- no keepalive
- local-address ip-address
- no local-address
- local-as as-number [private]
- no local-as
- local-preference local-preference
- no local-preference
- loop-detect {drop-peer | discard-route | ignore-loop | off}
- no loop-detect
- med-out {number | igp-cost}
- no med-out
- min-as-origination seconds
- no min-as-origination
- min-route-advertisement seconds
- no min-route-advertisement
- multihop ttl-value
- no multihop
- [no] next-hop-self
- peer-as as-number
- no peer-as
- preference preference
- no preference
- path-mtu-discoveryprefix-limit limit [log-only] [threshold percent]
- no prefix-limit
- [no] remove-private
- [no] shutdown
- ttl-security min-ttl-value
- no ttl-security
- type {internal | external}
- no type
- [no] neighbor ip-address
- [no] advertise-inactive
- [no] aggregator-id-zero
- [no] as-override
- auth-keychain name
- authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
- no authentication-key
- connect-retry seconds
- no connect-retry
- [no] damping
- description description-string
- no description
- [no] disable-4byte-asn
- disable-communities [standard] [extended]
- no disable-communities
- [no] disable-fast-external-failover
- [no] enable-peer-tracking
- export policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
- no export
- family [ipv4] [ipv6]
- no family
- hold-time seconds [strict]
- no hold-time
- import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
- no import
- keepalive seconds
- no keepalive
- local-address ip-address
- no local-address
- local-as as-number [private]
- no local-as
- local-preference local-preference
- no local-preference
- loop-detect {drop-peer | discard-route | ignore-loop | off}
- no loop-detect
- med-out {number | igp-cost}
- no med-out
- min-as-origination seconds
- no min-as-origination
- min-route-advertisement seconds
- no min-route-advertisement
- multihop ttl-value
- no multihop
- [no] next-hop-self
- peer-as as-number
- no peer-as
- preference preference
- no preference
- [no] path-mtu-discovery
- prefix-limit limit [log-only] [threshold percent]
- no prefix-limit
- [no] remove-private
- [no] shutdown
- ttl-security min-ttl-value
- no ttl-security
- type {internal | external}
- no type
Router advertisement commands
config
- service
- vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
- no vprn service-id
- [no]router-advertisement
- [no] interface ip-int-name
- current-hop-limit number
- no current-hop-limit
- [no] managed-configuration
- max-advertisement-interval seconds
- no max-advertisement-interval
- min-advertisement-interval seconds
- no min-advertisement-interval
- mtu mtu-bytes
- no mtu
- [no] other-stateful-configuration
- prefix
- [no] autonomous
- [no] on-link
- preferred-lifetime {seconds | infinite}
- no preferred-lifetime
- valid-lifetime{seconds | infinite}
- no valid-lifetime
- reachable-time milli-seconds
- no reachable-time
- retransmit-time milli-seconds
- no retransmit-time
- router-lifetime seconds
- no router-lifetime
- [no] shutdown
OSPF configuration commands (IPv4 only)
config
- service
- vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
- no vprn service-id
- [no] ospf
- [no] area area-id
- area-range ip-prefix/mask [advertise | not-advertise]
- no area-range ip-prefix/mask
- [no] blackhole-aggregate
- [no] interface ip-int-name [secondary]
- [no] advertise-subnet
- authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
- no authentication-key
- authentication-type {password | message-digest}
- no authentication-type
- bfd-enable [remain-down-on-failure]
- no bfd-enable
- dead-interval seconds
- no dead-interval
- hello-interval seconds
- no hello-interval
- interface-type {broadcast | point-to-point}
- no interface-type
- message-digest-key key-id md5 [key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
- no message-digest-key key-id
- metric metric
- no metric
- mtu bytes
- no mtu
- [no] passive
- priority number
- no priority
- retransmit-interval seconds
- no retransmit-interval
- [no] shutdown
- transit-delay seconds
- no transit-delay
- [no] nssa
- area-range ip-prefix/mask [advertise | not-advertise]
- no area-range ip-prefix/mask
- originate-default-route [type-7]
- no originate-default-route
- [no] redistribute-external
- [no] summaries
- [no] sham-link ip-int-name ip-address
- authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
- no authentication-key
- authentication-type {password | message-digest}
- no authentication-type
- dead-interval seconds
- no dead-interval
- hello-interval seconds
- no hello-interval
- message-digest-key key-id md5 [key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
- no message-digest-key key-id
- metric metric
- no metric
- retransmit-interval seconds
- no retransmit-interval
- [no] shutdown
- transit-delay seconds
- no transit-delay
- [no] stub
- default-metric metric
- no default-metric
- [no] summaries
- [no] virtual-link router-id transit-area area-id
- authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
- no authentication-key
- authentication-type {password | message-digest}
- no authentication-type
- dead-interval seconds
- no dead-interval
- hello-interval seconds
- no hello-interval
- message-digest-key key-id md5 [key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
- no message-digest-key key-id
- retransmit-interval seconds
- no retransmit-interval
- [no] shutdown
- transit-delay seconds
- no transit-delay
- [no] compatible-rfc1583
- export policy-name [ policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
- no export
- external-db-overflow limit seconds
- no external-db-overflow
- external-preference preference
- no external-preference
- [no] ignore-dn-bit
- import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
- no import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
- overload [timeout seconds]
- no overload
- [no] overload-include-stub
- overload-on-boot [timeout seconds]
- no overload-on-boot
- preference preference
- no preference
- reference-bandwidth bandwidth-in-kbps
- no reference-bandwidth
- router-id ip-address
- no router-id
- [no] shutdown
- [no] super-backbone
- [no] suppress-dn-bit
- timers
- [no] lsa-arrival lsa-arrival-time
- [no] lsa-generate max-lsa-wait [lsa-initial-wait [lsa-second-wait]]
- [no] spf-wait max-spf-wait [spf-initial-wait [spf-second-wait]]
- vpn-domain id {0005 | 0105 | 0205 | 8005}
- no vpn-domain
- vpn-tag vpn-tag
- no vpn-tag
Show commands
show
- service
- egress-label start-label [end-label]
- ingress-label start-label [[end-label]
- id service-id
- all
- base
- dhcp
- statistics [sap sap-id] [interface interface-name]
- summary [interface interface-name | saps]
- sap [sap-id [detail]]
- sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-address] [detail]
- labels
- sap-using [sap sap-id]
- sap-using interface [ip-address | ip-int-name]
- sap-using [ingress | egress] filter filter-id
- sap-using [ingress| qos-policy qos-policy-id
- sdp-using [sdp-id | far-end ip-address] [detail | keep-alive-history]
- sdp-using [sdp-id[:vc-id]
- service-using [vprn] [sdp sdp-id] [customer customer-id]
show
- router [vprn-service-id]
- aggregate [family] [active]
- arp [ip-int-name | ip-address[/mask]|mac ieee-mac address |summary] [local | dynamic | static | managed]
- bgp
- auth-keychain [keychain]
- damping [ip-prefix[/prefix-length]] [decayed | history | suppressed] [detail] [ipv4]
- damping [ip-prefix[/prefix-length]] [decayed | history | suppressed] [detail] vpn-ipv4
- group [name] [detail] inter-as-label
- neighbor [ip-address [detail]
- neighbor [as-number [detail]
- neighbor [ip-address [[family family] filter1][filter3]]
- neighbor [as-number [[family family] filter2]]
- next-hop [family] [ip-address [detail]]
- paths
- routes [family family] [prefix [detail | longer]]
- routes [family family] [prefix [hunt | brief]]
- routes [family family] [community comm-id]
- routes [family family] [aspath-regex reg-ex1]
- routes [family] [ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length] [detail | longer]|[hunt [brief]]]
- summary [all]
- interface [{[ip-address | ip-int-name] [detail]} | summary [family family] [neighbor ip-address]
- mvpn
- mvpn-list [type type] [auto-discovery auto-discovery] [signalling signalling] [group group]
- route-table [family] [ip-address[/prefix-length] [longer | exact]] | [protocol protocol-name] | [summary]
- sgt-qos (See following Note)
- application
- dscp-map
- static-arp [ip-address | ip-int-name | mac ieee-mac-address]
- static-route [ip-prefix /mask] | [preference preference] | [next-hop ip-address| tag tag] [detail]
- tunnel-table [ip-address[/mask] [protocol protocol | sdp sdp-id]
- tunnel-table [summary]
For descriptions of the show>router>sgt-qos commands, see the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Quality of Service Guide, ‟Network QoS Policy Command Reference, Show Commands (for 7210 SAS-R6 and 7210 SAS-R12)”.
Clear commands
clear
- router
- bgp
- damping [{prefix/mask [neighbor ip-address]} | {group name}]
- flap-statistics [[ip-prefix/mask] [neighbor ip-address]] | [group group-name] | [regex reg-exp] | [policy policy-name]
- neighbor {ip-address | as as-number | external | all} [soft | soft-inbound | statistics]
- protocol
- interface [ip-int-name | ip-address] [icmp] [statistics]
clear
- service
- id service-id
- spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id ingress-vc-label
- statistics
- sap sap-id {all | counters | stp}
- sdp sdp-id keep-alive
- id service-id
- counters
- spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id {all | counters | stp}
- spoke-sdp
Debug commands
debug
- service
- id service-id
- [no] event-type {config-change | svc-oper-status-change | sap-oper-status-change | sdpbind-oper-status-change}
- [no] sap sap-id
- event-type {config-change | oper-status-change}
- [no] sdp sdp-id:vc-id
- event-type {config-change | oper-status-change}
- stp
- [no] all-events
- [no] bpdu
- [no] core-connectivity
- [no] exception
- [no] fsm-state-changes
- [no] fsm-timers
- [no] port-role
- [no] port-state
- [no] sap sap-id
- [no] sdp sdp-id:vc-id
Command descriptions
Configuration commands
Generic commands
shutdown
Syntax
[no] shutdown
Context
config>service>vprn
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>vprn>if>sap
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
config>service>vprn>spoke-sdp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an entity does not change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics.
The operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down before they may be deleted.
Services are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state. When a no shutdown command is entered, the service becomes administratively up and then tries to enter the operationally up state. Default administrative states for services and service entities is described as follows in Special Cases.
The no form of this command places the entity into an administratively enabled state.
If the ASN was previously changed, the BGP ASN inherits the new value.
Special Cases
- Service Admin State
Bindings to an SDP within the service are put into the out-of-service state when the service is shut down. While the service is shut down, all customer packets are dropped and counted as discards for billing and debugging purposes.
A service is regarded as operational providing that one IP Interface SAP and one SDP is operational.
- VPRN BGP
This command disables the BGP instance on the specified IP interface. Routes learned from a neighbor that is shut down are immediately removed from the BGP database and RTM. If BGP is globally shut down, all group and neighbor interfaces are shut down operationally. If a BGP group is shut down, all member neighbor interfaces are shut down operationally. If a BGP neighbor is shut down, just that neighbor interface is operationally shut down.
description
Syntax
description description-string
no description
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>vprn>if>sap
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a configuration context.
The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.
Parameters
- description-string
Specifies the description character string. Allowed values are any string up to 80 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Global commands
vprn
Syntax
vprn service-id [customer customer-id] [create]
no vprn service-id
Context
config>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command creates or edits a Virtual Private Routed Network (VPRN) service instance.
If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id exists, the context for editing the service is entered.
VPRN services allow the creation of customer-facing IP interfaces in the same routing instance used for service network core routing connectivity. VPRN services require that the IP addressing scheme used by the subscriber must be unique between it and other addressing schemes used by the provider and potentially the entire Internet.
IP interfaces defined within the context of an VPRN service ID must have a SAP created as the access point to the subscriber network.
When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be specified and associate the service with a customer. The customer-id must already exist, having been created using the customer command in the service context. When a service is created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the customer association. The service must be deleted and recreated with a new customer association.
When a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id is optional to navigate into the service configuration context. If attempting to edit a service with the incorrect customer-id results in an error.
Multiple VPRN services are created to separate customer-owned IP interfaces. More than one VPRN service can be created for a single customer ID. More than one IP interface can be created within a single VPRN service ID. All IP interfaces created within an VPRN service ID belongs to the same customer.
The no form of this command deletes the VPRN service instance with the specified service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all the IP interfaces and all routing protocol configurations defined within the service ID have been shutdown and deleted.
Parameters
- service-id
Specifies the service ID number identifying the service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every 7210 SAS on which this service is defined.
- customer customer-id
Specifies an existing customer ID number to be associated with the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service editing or deleting.
- create
Mandatory keyword for creating a VPRN service.
allow-export-bgp-vpn
Syntax
[no] allow-export-bgp-vpn
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command causes the vrf-export and vrf-target commands to include BGP-VPN routes installed in the VPRN route table. These routes are usually not readvertisable as VPN-IP routes because of split-horizon.
When a BGP-VPN route is reexported, the route distinguisher and label values are rewritten according to the configuration of the reexporting VPRN.
This command requires the vrpn context to be shut down and restarted for changes to take effect.
This command can only be configured with VPRN loopback interfaces.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no allow-export-bgp-vpn
auto-bind-tunnel
Syntax
auto-bind-tunnel
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context configure automatic binding of a VPRN service using tunnels to MP-BGP peers.
Users must configure the resolution option to enable auto-bind resolution to tunnels in TTM. If the resolution option is explicitly set to disabled, the auto-binding to tunnel is removed.
If the resolution is set to any, any supported tunnel type within the VPRN context is selected following the TTM preference. If one or more explicit tunnel types are specified using the resolution-filter option, only these tunnel types are selected again following the TTM preference.
The following tunnel types are supported in a VPRN context in order of preference: RSVP and LDP. The BGP tunnel type is not explicitly configured and is therefore implicit. It is always preferred over any other tunnel type enabled in the auto-bind-tunnel context.
The ldp value instructs BGP to search for an LDP LSP with a FEC prefix corresponding to the address of the BGP next hop.
The rsvp value instructs BGP to search for the best metric RSVP LSP to the address of the BGP next hop. This address can correspond to the system interface or to another loopback used by the BGP instance on the remote node. The LSP metric is provided by MPLS in the tunnel table. In the case of multiple RSVP LSPs with the same lowest metric, BGP selects the LSP with the lowest tunnel ID.
Users must set the resolution to filter to activate the list of tunnel-types configured under the resolution-filter.
When an explicit SDP to a BGP next-hop is configured in a VPRN service ( using the configure>service>vprn>spoke-sdp command), it overrides the auto-bind-tunnel selection for that BGP next hop only. There is no support for reverting automatically to the auto-bind-tunnel selection if the explicit SDP goes down. The user must delete the explicit spoke-SDP in the VPRN service context to resume using theauto-bind-tunnel selection for the BGP next hop.
resolution
Syntax
resolution {any | filter | disabled}
Context
config>service>vprn>auto-bind-tunnel
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the resolution mode in the automatic binding of a VPRN service to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.
Parameters
- any
Keyword that enables the binding to any supported tunnel type within the VPRN context following TTM preference.
- filter
Keyword that enables the binding to the subset of tunnel types configured under resolution-filter.
- disabled
Keyword that disables the automatic binding of a VPRN service to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.
resolution-filter
Syntax
resolution-filter
Context
config>service>vprn>auto-bind-tunnel
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the subset of tunnel types that can be used in the resolution of VPRN prefixes within the automatic binding of VPRN service to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.
The following tunnel types are supported in a VPRN context in order of preference: RSVP and LDP. The BGP tunnel type is not explicitly configured and is therefore implicit. It is always preferred over any other tunnel type enabled in the auto-bind-tunnel context.
Parameters
- ldp
Keyword that selects the LDP tunnel type.
- rsvp
Keyword that selects the RSVP-TE tunnel type.
autonomous-system
Syntax
autonomous-system as-number
no autonomous-system
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command defines the autonomous system (AS) to be used by this VPN routing or forwarding (VRF).
The no form of this command removes the defined AS from this VPRN context.
Default
no autonomous-system
Parameters
- as-number
Specifies the ASN for the VPRN service.
enable-bgp-vpn-backup
Syntax
enable-bgp-vpn-backup [ipv4] [ipv6]
no enable-bgp-vpn-backup
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables only imported BGP-VPN routes from the remote PE to be considered when selecting the primary and backup paths. This command is required to support fast failover of ingress traffic from one remote PE to another remote PE.
Default
no enable-bgp-vpn-backup
Parameters
- ipv4
Keyword that allows BGP-VPN routes to be used as backup paths for IPv4 prefixes.
- ipv6
Keyword that allows BGP-VPN routes to be used as backup paths for IPv6 prefixes.
grt-lookup
Syntax
grt-lookup
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context configure GRT leaking commands. If all the supporting commands in the context are removed, this command is also removed.
source
Syntax
[no] source ip-address
Context
config>service>vprn>igmp>ssm-translate
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the source IP address for the group range. Whenever a (*,G) report is received in the range specified by grp-range start and end parameters, it is translated to an (S,G) report with the value of this object as the source address.
Parameters
- ip-address
Specifies the IP address for sending data.
maximum-ipv6-routes
Syntax
maximum-ipv6-routes number [log-only] [threshold percent]
no maximum-ipv6-routes
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the maximum number of remote IPv6 routes that can be held within a VPN routing/forwarding (VRF) context. Local, host, static, and aggregate routes are not counted.
The VPRN service ID must be in a shutdown state before maximum-ipv6-routes command parameters can be modified.
If the log-only parameter is not specified and the maximum-routes value is set below the existing number of routes in a VRF, the offending RIP peer (if applicable) is brought down (but the VPRN instance remains up). BGP peering remains up, but the exceeding BGP routes are not added to the VRF.
The maximum route threshold can dynamically change to increase the number of supported routes even when the maximum has already been reached. Protocols resubmit the routes that were initially rejected.
The no form of this command disables any limit on the number of routes within a VRF context. Issue the no form of this command only when the VPRN instance is shut down.
Default
0 or disabled
Parameters
- number
Specifies the maximum number of routes to be held in a VRF context.
- log-only
Keyword to specify that if the maximum limit is reached, only log the event. This keyword does not disable the learning of new routes.
- threshold percent
Specifies the percentage at which a warning log message and SNMP trap should be set. There are two warnings, the first is a mid-level warning at the threshold value set, and the second is a high-level warning at a level between the maximum number of routes and the mid-level rate ([mid+max] / 2).
maximum-routes
Syntax
maximum-routes number [log-only] [threshold percent]
no maximum-routes
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the maximum number of remote routes that can be held within a VPN routing/forwarding (VRF) context. Local, host, static, and aggregate routes are not counted.
The VPRN service ID must be in a shutdown state before maximum-routes command parameters can be modified.
If the log-only parameter is not specified and the maximum-routes value is set below the existing number of routes in a VRF, the offending RIP peer (if applicable) is brought down (but the VPRN instance remains up). BGP peering will remain up but the exceeding BGP routes will not be added to the VRF.
The maximum route threshold can dynamically change to increase the number of supported routes even when the maximum has already been reached. Protocols resubmit the routes that were initially rejected.
The no form of this command disables any limit on the number of routes within a VRF context. Issue the no form of this command only when the VPRN instance is shut down.
Default
0 or disabled
Parameters
- number
Specifies the maximum number of routes to be held in a VRF context.
- log-only
Keyword to specify that if the maximum limit is reached, only log the event. This keyword does not disable the learning of new routes.
- threshold percent
Specifies the percentage at which a warning log message and SNMP trap should be set. There are two warnings, the first is a mid-level warning at the threshold value set and the second is a high-level warning at level between the maximum number of routes and the mid-level rate ([mid+max] / 2).
route-distinguisher
Syntax
route-distinguisher [rd]
no route-distinguisher
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command sets the identifier attached to routes to which the VPN belongs. Each routing instance must have a unique (within the carrier domain) route distinguisher associated with it. A route distinguisher must be defined for a VPRN to be operationally active.
Default
no route-distinguisher
Parameters
- ip-address:number
Specifies the IP address in dotted-decimal notation. The assigned number must not be greater than 65535.
- asn:number
Specifies the ASN as a 2-byte value less than or equal to 65535. The assigned number can be any 32-bit unsigned integer value.
- rd
Specifies the route distinguisher value.
router-id
Syntax
router-id ip-address
no router-id
Context
config>service>vprn
config>service>vprn>ospf
config>service>vprn>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command sets the router ID for a specific VPRN context.
If neither the router ID nor system interface are defined, the router ID from the base router context is inherited.
The no form of this command removes the router ID definition from the specified VPRN context.
Default
no router-id
Parameters
- ip-address
Specifies the IP address in dotted-decimal notation.
service-name
Syntax
service-name service-name
no service-name
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures an optional service name, up to 64 characters, which adds a name identifier to a specified service. The service name can be used for reference in configuration and show commands. This helps the service provider or administrator to identify and manage services within the 7210 SAS platforms.
All services are required to assign a service ID to initially create a service. However, either the service ID or the service name can be used to identify and reference a specified service when it is initially created.
Parameters
- service-name
Specifies a unique service name to identify the service. Service names may not begin with an integer (0 to 9).
sgt-qos
Syntax
sgt-qos
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context configure DSCP or dot1p re-marking for select self-generated traffic.
application
Syntax
application dscp-app-name dscp {dscp-value | dscp-name}
application dot1p-app-name dot1p dot1p-priority
no application {dscp-app-name | dot1p-app-name}
Context
config>service>vprn>sgt-qos
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures DSCP or dot1p re-marking for self-generated application traffic. When an application is configured using this command, the specified DSCP name/value is used for all packets generated by this application within the router instance in which it is configured. The instances can be base router, VPRN service, or management.
The values configured in this command do the following:
set the DSCP bits in the IP packet
map to the FC
based on this FC, the egress QoS policy sets the Ethernet 802.1p and MPLS EXP bits. This includes ARP and IS-IS packets that, because of their nature, do not carry DSCP bits.
DSCP value in the egress IP header is as configured in this command
Only one DSCP name/value can be configured per application. If multiple entries are configured, the subsequent entry overrides the previously configured entry.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Parameters
- dscp-app-name
Specifies the DSCP application name.
- dscp-value
Specifies a value when this packet egresses. The respective egress policy should provide the mapping for the DSCP value to either LSP-EXP bits or IEEE 802.1p (dot1p) bits, otherwise the default mapping applies.
- dscp-name
Specifies the DSCP name.
- dot1p-priority
Specifies the dot1p priority.
- dot1p-app-name
Specifies the dot1p application name.
dscp
Syntax
dscp dscp-name fc fc-name
no dscp dscp-name
Context
config>service>vprn>sgt-qos
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command creates a mapping between the DSCP of the self-generated traffic and the forwarding class.
Self-generated traffic for configured applications that matches the specified DSCP are assigned to the corresponding forwarding class. Multiple commands can be entered to define the association of some or all 64 DSCPs to a forwarding class.
All DSCP names that define a DSCP value must be explicitly defined.
The no form of this command removes the DSCP-to-forwarding class association.
Parameters
- dscp-name
Specifies the name of the DSCP to be associated with the forwarding class. A DSCP can only be specified by its name and only an existing DSCP can be specified. The software provides names for the well known code points.
- fc fc-name
Specifies the forwarding class name. Applications and protocols that are configured using the dscp command use the configured IP DSCP value.
snmp-community
Syntax
snmp-community community-name [version SNMP-version]
no snmp-community [community-name]
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command sets the SNMP community name to be used with the associated VPRN instance.
If an SNMP community name is not specified, SNMP access is not allowed.
The no form of this command removes the SNMP community name from the specified VPRN context.
Parameters
- community-name
Specifies one or more SNMP community names.
- version SNMP-version
Specifies the SNMP version.
source-address
Syntax
source-address
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context specify the source address and application that should be used in all unsolicited packets.
application
Syntax
application app [ip-int-name | ip-address]
no application app
Context
config>service>vprn>source-address
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the source address and application.
Parameters
- app
Specifies the application name.
- ip-int-name | ip-address
Specifies the name of the IP interface or IP address. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
static-route
Syntax
[no] static-route {ip-prefix/prefix-length | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] {next-hop ip-int-name | ip-address | ipsec-tunnel ipsec-tunnel-name} [bfd-enable | {cpe-check cpe-ip-address [interval seconds] [drop-count count] [log]}]
[no] static-route {ip-prefix/prefix-length | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] indirect ip-address [cpe-check cpe-ip-address [interval seconds] [drop-count count] [log]]
[no] static-route {ip-prefix/prefix-length | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] black-hole
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command creates static route entries within the associated router instance. When configuring a static route, the next-hop, indirect, or black-hole parameters must be configured.
The no form of this command deletes the static route entry. If a static route needs to be removed when multiple static routes exist to the same destination, as many parameters as are required to uniquely identify the static route must be entered.
If a CPE connectivity check target address is already being used as the target address in a different static route, the cpe-check parameters must match. If they do not, the new configuration command are rejected.
If a static-route command is issued with no cpe-check target but the destination prefix/netmask and next-hop matches a static route that did have an associated cpe-check, the cpe-check test is removed from the associated static route.
Parameters
- ip-prefix
Specifies the destination address of the aggregate route in dotted-decimal notation.
- netmask
Specifies the subnet mask in dotted-decimal notation.
- ip-int-name
Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service ies interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
- ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the IP interface. The ip-addr portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that is used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted-decimal notation.
- enable
Keyword to re-enable a disabled static route. Static routes can be administratively enabled or disabled. To enable a static route, it must be uniquely identified by the IP address, mask, and any other parameter that is required to identify the exact static route.
The administrative state is maintained in the configuration file.
- disable
Keyword to disable a static route while maintaining the static route in the configuration. Static routes can be administratively enabled or disabled. To enable a static route, it must be uniquely identified by the IP address, mask, and any other parameter that is required to identify the exact static route.
The administrative state is maintained in the configuration file.
- interval seconds
Optionally specifies the interval between ICMP pings to the target IP address.
- drop-count count
Optionally specifies the number of consecutive ping-replies that must be missed to declare the CPE down and to de-active the associated static route.
- log
Optional keyword to enable the ability to log transitions between active and in-active based on the CPE connectivity check. Events should be sent to the system log, syslog, and SNMP traps.
- next-hop [ip-address | ip-int-name]
Specifies the directly connected next-hop IP address used to reach the destination. If the next hop is over an unnumbered interface, the ip-int-name of the unnumbered interface (on this node) can be configured.
The next-hop keyword and the indirect or black-hole keywords are mutually exclusive. If an identical command is entered (with the exception of either the indirect or black-hole parameters), this static route is replaced with the newly entered command, and unless specified, the respective defaults for preference and metric are applied.
The ip-addr configured here can be either on the network side or the access side on this node. This address must be associated with a network directly connected to a network configured on this node.
- ipsec-tunnel ipsec-tunnel-name
Specifies an IPSec tunnel name, up to 32 characters.
- indirect ip-address
Specifies that the route is indirect and specifies the next-hop IP address used to reach the destination.
The configured ip-addr is not directly connected to a network configured on this node. The destination can be reachable via multiple paths. The static route remains valid as long as the address configured as the indirect address remains a valid entry in the routing table. Indirect static routes cannot use an ip-prefix/mask to another indirect static route.
The indirect keyword and the next-hop or black-hole keywords are mutually exclusive. If an identical command is entered (with the exception of either the next-hop or black-hole parameters), this static route is replaced with the newly entered command and unless specified the respective defaults for preference and metric are be applied.
The ip-addr can be either on the network or the access side and is at least one hop away from this node.
- black-hole
Keyword to specify a blackhole route, meaning that if the destination address on a packet matches this static route it is silently discarded.
The black-hole keyword is mutually exclusive with either the next-hop or indirect keywords. If an identical command is entered, with exception of either the next-hop or indirect parameters, the static route is replaced with the new command, and unless specified, the respective defaults for preference and metric are applied.
- preference preference
Specifies the preference of this static route (as opposed to the routes from different sources such as BGP or OSPF), expressed as a decimal integer. When modifying the preference value of an existing static route, the metric does not change unless specified.
If multiple routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol, the lowest cost route is used. If multiple routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol and the costs (metrics) are equal, the decision of which route to use is determined by the configuration of the ecmp command.
- metric metric
Specifies the cost metric for the static route, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used when importing this static route into other protocols, such as OSPF. This value is also used to determine the static route to install in the forwarding table. When modifying the metric values of an existing static route, the preference does not change unless specified.
If there are multiple static routes with the same preference but unequal metrics, the lower cost (metric) route is installed. If there are multiple static routes with equal preference and metrics, ECMP rules apply. If there are multiple routes with unequal preferences, the lower preference route is installed.
- tag
Keyword to add a 32-bit integer tag to the static route. The tag is used in route policies to control distribution of the route into other protocols.
- bfd-enable
Keyword to associate the state of the static route to a BFD session between the local system and the configured next hop. This keyword cannot be configured if the next hop is indirect or a black-hole keyword is specified. See the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Router Configuration Guide for more information about the protocols and platforms that support BFD.
- cpe-check target-ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the target CPE device. ICMP pings are sent to this target IP address. This parameter must be configured to enable the CPE connectivity feature for the associated static route. The target-ip-address cannot be in the same subnet as the static route subnet to avoid possible circular references. This option and BFD support on a specified static route are mutually exclusive.
vrf-export
Syntax
vrf-export policy-name [policy-name...(up to 15 max)]
no vrf-export
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the export policies to control routes exported from the local VPN routing/forwarding (VRF) to other VRFs on the same or remote PE routers (via MP-BGP).
The no form of this command removes all route policy names from the export list.
Parameters
- policy-name
Specifies the route policy statement name, up to 32 characters.
vrf-import
Syntax
vrf-import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 15 max)]
no vrf-import
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the import policies to control routes imported to the local VPN routing/forwarding (VRF) from other VRFs on the same or remote PE routers (via MP-BGP). BGP-VPN routes imported using a vrf-import policy use the BGP preference value of 170 when imported from remote PE routers, or retain the protocol preference value of the exported route when imported from other VRFs on the same router, unless the preference is changed by the policy.
The no form of this command removes all route policy names from the import list.
Parameters
- policy-name
Specifies the route policy statement name.
vrf-target
Syntax
vrf-target {ext-community | export ext-community | import ext-community}
no vrf-target
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command facilitates a simplified method to configure the route target to be added to advertised routes or compared against received routes from other VRFs on the same or remote PE routers (via MP-BGP).
BGP-VPN routes imported with a vrf-target statement use the BGP preference value of 170 when imported from remote PE routers, or retain the protocol preference value of the exported route when imported from other VRFs in the same router.
Specified vrf-import or vrf-export policies override the vrf-target policy.
The no form of this command removes the vrf-target
Default
no vrf-target
Parameters
- ext-community
Specifies an extended BGP community in the type:x:y format. The value x can be an integer or IP address. The type can be the target or origin. x and y are 16-bit integers.
- import ext-community
Specifies communities allowed to be accepted from remote PE neighbors.
- export ext-community
Specifies communities allowed to be sent to remote PE neighbors.
Multicast VPN commands
mvpn
Syntax
mvpn
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context configure MVPN-related parameters for the IP VPN.
auto-discovery
Syntax
[no] auto-discovery [default]
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables MVPN membership auto-discovery through BGP. When auto-discovery is enabled, PIM peering on the inclusive provider tunnel is disabled.
The no form of this command disables MVPN membership auto-discovery through BGP.
Default
enabled
c-mcast-signaling
Syntax
c-mcast-signaling {bgp}
no c-mcast-signaling
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies BGP or PIM, for PE-to-PE signaling of CE multicast states. When this command is set to PIM and neighbor discovery by BGP is disabled, PIM peering is enabled on the inclusive tree.
Changes may be made to this command only when the MVPN node is shutdown.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
mcast-signaling bgp
Parameters
- bgp
Specifies to use BGP for PE-to-PE signaling of CEmulticast states. Auto-discovery must be enabled.
intersite-shared
Syntax
intersite-shared
no intersite-shared
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies whether to use inter-site shared C-trees.
Default
intersite-shared
mdt-type
Syntax
mdt-type {sender-receiver | sender-only | receiver-only}
no mdt-type
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS as described in this document
Description
This command restricts MVPN instances per PE node to a specific role. By default, the MVPN instance on a specific PE node assumes the role of sender and receiver. This creates a mesh of MDT/PMSI across all PE nodes from this PE.
This command provides an option to configure either a sender-only or receiver-only mode per PE node. Restricting the PE node to a specific role prevents the creation of full mesh of MDT/PMSI across all participating PE nodes in the MVPN instance.
The auto-rp-discovery command cannot be enabled together with the mdt-type sender-only, mdt-type receiver-only, or wildcard-spmsi configurations.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
mdt-type sender-receiver
Parameters
- sender-receiver
Keyword to connect both senders and receivers to the PE node for MVPN.
- sender-only
Keyword to connect only senders to the PE node for MVPN.
- receiver-only
Keyword to connect only receivers to the PE node for MVPN.
provider-tunnel
Syntax
provider-tunnel
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables context to configure tunnel parameters for the MVPN.
inclusive
Syntax
inclusive
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables the context for specifying inclusive provider tunnels.
bsr
Syntax
bsr {unicast | spmsi}
no bsr
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt>inclusive
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the type of bootstrap router (BSR) signaling used.
The no form of this command restores the default.
Default
no bsr
Parameters
- unicast
Keyword to send or forward BSR PDUs using unicast PDUs (default).
- spmsi
Keyword to send or forward BSR PDUs using S-PMSI full mesh.
mldp
Syntax
mldp
no mldp
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>provider-tunnel>inclusive
config>service>vprn>mvpn>provider-tunnel>selective
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables use of mLDP LSP for the provider tunnel.
Default
no mldp
shutdown
Syntax
shutdown
no shutdown
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>provider-tunnel>inclusive>mldp
config>service>vprn>mvpn>provider-tunnel>selective
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command administratively disables and enables use of mLDP LSP for the provider tunnel.
Default
no shutdown
rsvp
Syntax
rsvp
no rsvp
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt>inclusive
config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt>selective
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables use of P2MP RSVP as the inclusive or selective provider tunnel
The no form of this command removes the rsvp context, including all the statements in the context.
Default
no rsvp
lsp-template
Syntax
lsp-template lsp-template
no lsp-template
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt>inclusive>rsvp
config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt>exclusive>rsvp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the use of an automatically created P2MP LSP as the inclusive or selective provider tunnel. The P2MP LSP is signaled using the parameters specified in the template, such as bandwidth constraints.
The no form of the command removes the configuration.
Default
no lsp-template
Parameters
- lsp-template
Specifies the LSP template name, up to 32 characters.
shutdown
Syntax
shutdown
no shutdown
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt>inclusive>rsvp
config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt>selective>rsvp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command administratively disables the use of RSVP P2MP LSP for the inclusive or selective provider tunnel.
The no form of this command administratively enables the use of RSVP P2MP LSP for the provider tunnel.
Default
no shutdown
wildcard-spmsi
Syntax
wildcard-spmsi
no wildcard-spmsi
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt>inclusive
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables RFC 6625 (C-*, C-*) S-PMSI functionality for NG-MVPN. When enabled, (C-*, C-*) S-PMSI is used instead of I-PMSI for this MVPN. Wildcard S-PMSI uses the I-PMSI LSP template.
The auto-rp-discovery command cannot be enabled together with mdt-type sender-only or mdt-type receiver-only, or wildcard-spmsi configurations.
The no form of this command disables the (C-*, C-*) S-PMSI functionality.
Default
no wildcard-spmsi
selective
Syntax
selective
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>provider-tunnel
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context specify selective provider tunnel parameters.
data-delay-interval
Syntax
data-delay-interval value
no data-delay-interval
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>provider-tunnel>selective
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the interval, in seconds, before a PE router connected to the source switches traffic from the inclusive provider tunnel to the selective provider tunnel.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
data-delay-interval 3
Parameters
- value
Specifies the data delay interval, in seconds.
data-threshold
Syntax
data-threshold {c-grp-ip-addr/mask | c-grp-ip-addr netmask}
no data-threshold {c-grp-ip-addr/mask | c-grp-ip-addr netmask}
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>provider-tunnel>selective
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the group range for which a switch from the inclusive provider tunnel to the selective provider tunnel for C-(S,G) must be triggered. On 7210 SAS this command provides an option to use selective provide tunnel, independent of the multicast data rate (that is, there is no rate-threshold configuration required). For C-(S,G) groups specified with this command, the selective provider tunnel is used.
For C-(S,G) groups not configured with this command, the inclusive provider tunnel is used.
Multiple statements are allowed in the configuration to specify multiple group ranges.
The no form of this command removes the values from the configuration.
Parameters
- group-address/mask
Specifies a multicast group address and netmask length.
maximum-p2mp-spmsi
Syntax
[no] maximum-p2mp-spmsi
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>provider-tunnel>selective
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the maximum number of RSVP P2MP or LDP P2MP S-PMSI tunnels for the mVPN. When the limit is reached, no more RSVP P2MP S-PMSI or LDP P2MP S-PMSI are created and the traffic over the data-threshold stayd on I-PMSI.
Default
maximum-p2mp-spmsi 10
Parameters
- number
Specifies the maximum number of RSVP P2MP or LDP P2MP S-PMSI tunnel for the mVPN.
umh-selection
Syntax
umh-selection {highest-ip}
no umh-selection
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the Upstream Multicast Hop (UMH) selection mechanism to use (highest IP address).
The no form of this command reverts to default value.
Default
umh-selection highest-ip
Parameters
- highest-ip
Keyword to specify that the highest IP address is selected as the UMH.
vrf-export
Syntax
vrf-export {unicast | policy-name [policy-name...(up to 15 max)]}
no vrf-export
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the export policy (up to 15) to control MVPN routes exported from the local VRF to other VRFs on the same or remote PE routers.
Default
vrf-export unicast
Parameters
- unicast
Keyword that specifies to use unicast VRF export policy for the MVPN.
- policy-name
Specifies a route policy name.
vrf-import
Syntax
vrf-import {unicast | policy-name [policy-name...(up to 15 max)]}
no vrf-import
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the import policy (up to 15) to control MVPN routes imported to the local VRF from other VRFs on the same or remote PE routers.
Default
vrf-import unicast
Parameters
- unicast
Keyword to specify to use a unicast VRF import policy for the MVPN.
- policy-name
Specifies a route policy name.
vrf-target
Syntax
vrf-target {unicast | ext-community | export unicast | ext-community | import unicast | ext-community}
no vrf-target
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the route target to be added to the advertised routes or compared against the received routes from other VRFs on the same or remote PE routers. The VRF import or VRF export policies override the VRF target policy.
The no form of this command removes the VRF target.
Default
no vrf-target
Parameters
- unicast
Keyword that specifies to use unicast vrf-target ext-community for the multicast VPN.
- ext-comm
Specifies an extended BGP community in the type:x:y format. The value x can be an integer or IP address. The type can be the target or origin. x and y are 16-bit integers.
- import ext-community
Specifies communities allowed to be accepted from remote PE neighbors.
- export ext-community
Specifies communities allowed to be sent to remote PE neighbors.
export
Syntax
export {unicast | ext-community}
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>vrf-target
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies communitities to be sent to peers.
Parameters
- unicast
Keyword that specifies to use unicast vrf-target ext-community for the multicast VPN.
- ext-comm
Specifies an extended BGP community in the type:x:y format. The value x can be an integer or IP address. The type can be the target or origin. x and y are 16-bit integers.
import
Syntax
import {unicast | ext-community}
Context
config>service>vprn>mvpn>vrf-target
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies communitities to be accepted from peers.
Parameters
- unicast
Keyword to specify to use unicast vrf-target ext-community for the multicast VPN.
- ext-comm
Specifies an extended BGP community in the type:x:y format. The value x can be an integer or IP address. The type can be the target or origin. x and y are 16-bit integers.
SDP commands
spoke-sdp
Syntax
[no] spoke-sdp sdp-id
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command binds a service to an existing SDP. The SDP defines the transport tunnel to which this VPRN service is bound.
The SDP has an operational state that determines the operational state of the SDP within the service; for example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down, the SDP for the service is down.
The SDP must already exist in the config>service>sdp context before it can be associated with a VPRN service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already configured, an error message is generated. If the sdp-id exists, a binding between the specific sdp-id and service is created.
SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service to allow far-end 7210 SAS devices to participate in the service.
The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service; the SDP configuration is not affected. When the SDP binding is removed, no packets are forwarded to the far-end router.
Special Cases
- VPRN
Several SDPs can be bound to a VPRN service. Each SDP must be destined for a different 7210 SAS router. If two sdp-id bindings terminate on the same 7210 SAS, an error occurs and the second SDP binding is rejected.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Specifies the SDP identifier. Allowed values are integers for existing SDPs.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit identifier.
spoke-sdp
Syntax
spoke-sdp sdp-id [:vc-id] vc-type {ether } [create]
no spoke-sdp sdp-id [:vc-id] vc-type {ether } [create]
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command binds a service to an existing SDP.
A spoke-SDP is treated like the equivalent of a traditional bridge ‟port” where flooded traffic received on the spoke-SDP is replicated on all other ‟ports” (other spoke and mesh SDPs or SAPs) and not transmitted on the port it was received.
The SDP has an operational state that determines the operational state of the SDP within the service; for example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down, the SDP for the service is down.
The SDP must already be defined in the config>service>sdp context to associate an SDP with a service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already configured, an error message is generated. If the sdp-id does exist, a binding between that sdp-id and the service is created.
SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service. If an SDP is not bound to a service, no far-end devices can participate in the service.
Class-based forwarding is not supported on a spoke-SDP used for termination on an IES or VPRN services. All packets are forwarded over the default LSP.
The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service. The SDP configuration is not affected; only the binding of the SDP to a service. When removed, no packets are forwarded to the far-end router.
Special Cases
- VPRN
Several SDPs can be bound to a VPRN service. Each SDP must be destined for a different router. If two SDP ID bindings terminate on the same 7210 SAS, an error occurs and the second SDP is binding is rejected.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Specifies the SDP identifier.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit identifier.
- vc-type
Specifies the encapsulation and pseudowire type for the spoke-SDP.
egress
Syntax
egress
Context
cconfig>service>vprn>if>spoke-sdp
config>service>vprn>red-if>spoke-sdp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures an SDP context.
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
config>service>vprn>if>spoke-sdp
config>service>vprn>red-if>spoke-sdp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the SDP context.
vc-label
Syntax
vc-label egress-vc-label
no vc-label [egress-vc-label]
Context
config>service>vprn>if>spoke-sdp>egress
config>service>vprn>red-if>spoke-sdp>egress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the egress VC label.
Parameters
- egress-vc-label
Specifies a VC egress value that indicates a specific connection.
vc-label
Syntax
vc-label ingress-vc-label
no vc-label [ingress-vc-label]
Context
config>service>vprn>>if>spoke-sdp>ingress
config>service>vprn>red-if>spoke-sdp>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the ingress VC label.
Parameters
- ingress-vc-label
Specifies a VC ingress value that indicates a specific connection.
filter
Syntax
filter ip ip-filter-id
no filter
Context
config>service>vprn>if>spoke-sdp>egress
config>service>vprn>if>spoke-sdp>ingress
config>service>vprn>red-if>spoke-sdp>ingress
config>service>vprn>red-if>spoke-sdp>egress
config>service>vprn>nw-if>egress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command associates an IP filter policy with an ingress or egress SAP or IP interface. An IP filter policy can be associated with spoke SDPs. Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on IP or MAC matching criteria.
The filter command is used to associate a filter policy that has a specified ip-filter-id with an ingress or egress SAP. The ip-filter-id must already be defined before the filter command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation fails and an error message is returned.
In general, filters applied to SAPs (ingress or egress) apply to all packets on the SAP. One exception is non-IP packets are not applied to IP match criteria, so the default action in the filter policy applies to these packets.
The no form of this command removes any configured filter ID association with the SAP or IP interface. The filter ID is not removed from the system unless the scope of the created filter is set to local. To avoid deletion of the filter ID and only break the association with the service object, use the scope command within the filter definition to change the scope to local or global. The default scope of a filter is local.
Parameters
- ip ip-filter-id
Specifies an IP filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IP filters.
Interface commands
interface
Syntax
interface ip-int-name
no interface ip-int-name
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command creates a logical IP routing interface for a VPRN. When created, attributes like an IP address and SAP can be associated with the IP interface.
This command creates and maintains IP routing interfaces within VPRN service IDs. The interface command can be executed in the context of a VPRN service ID. The IP interface created is associated with the service core network routing instance and default routing table. The typical use for IP interfaces created in this manner is for subscriber Internet access.
Interface names are case sensitive and must be unique within the group of IP interfaces defined by the config router interface and config service vprn interface commands. Interface names must not be in the dotted decimal notation of an IP address; for example, the name ‟1.1.1.1” is not allowed, but ‟int-1.1.1.1” is allowed. Show commands for router interfaces use either interface names or the IP addresses. Use unique IP address values and IP address names to maintain clarity. It could be unclear to the user if the same IP address and IP address name values are used. Although not recommended, duplicate interface names can exist in different router instances.
The available IP address space for local subnets and routes is controlled using the config router service-prefix command. The service-prefix command administers the allowed subnets that can be defined on service IP interfaces. It also controls the prefixes that may be learned or statically defined with the service IP interface as the egress interface. This allows segmenting the IP address space into config router and config service domains.
When a new name is entered, a new logical router interface is created. When an existing interface name is entered, the user enters the router interface context for editing and configuration.
By default, no IP interface names are defined within the system. All VPRN IP interfaces must be explicitly defined. Interfaces are created in an enabled state.
The no form of this command removes the interface and all the associated configuration. The interface must be administratively shut down before issuing the no interface command.
For VPRN services, the IP interface must be shut down before the SAP on that interface may be removed. VPRN services do not have the shutdown command in the SAP CLI context. VPRN service SAPs rely on the interface status to enable and disable them.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service vprn interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
If ip-int-name already exists within the service ID, the context is changed to maintain that IP interface. If ip-int-namealready exists within another service ID or is an IP interface defined within the config router commands, an error occurs and the context is not changed to that IP interface. If ip-int-name does not exist, the interface is created and the context is changed to that interface for further command processing.
address
Syntax
address {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask} [broadcast [all-ones | host-ones]
no address
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command assigns an IP address, IP subnet, and broadcast address format to a VPRN IP router interface. Only one IP address can be associated with an IP interface.
An IP address must be assigned to each VPRN IP interface. An IP address and a mask are used together to create a local IP prefix. The defined IP prefix must be unique within the context of the routing instance. It cannot overlap with other existing IP prefixes defined as local subnets on other IP interfaces in the same routing context within the 7210 SAS.
The local subnet that the address command defines must be part of the services address space within the routing context using the config router service-prefix command. The default is to disallow the complete address space to services. When a portion of the address space is allocated as a service prefix, that portion can be made unavailable for IP interfaces defined within the config>router>interface context for network core connectivity with the exclude option in the config router service-prefix command.
The IP address for the interface can be entered in either CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing) or traditional dotted-decimal notation. The show commands display CIDR notation and are stored in configuration files.
By default, no IP address or subnet association exists on an IP interface until it is explicitly created.
Use the no form of this command to remove the IP address assignment from the IP interface. When the no address command is entered, the interface becomes operationally down.
| Address | Administrative state | Operational state |
|---|---|---|
No address |
up |
down |
No address |
down |
down |
1.1.1.1 |
up |
up |
1.1.1.1 |
down |
down |
The operational state is a read-only variable, and the only controlling variables are the address and admin states. The address and admin states are independent and can be set independently. If an interface is in an adminstratively up state and an address is assigned, it becomes operationally up and the protocol interfaces and the MPLS LSPs associated with that IP interface are reinitialized.
Parameters
- ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that is used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted-decimal notation.
- /
The forward slash is a parameter delimiter and separates the ip-address portion of the IP address from the mask that defines the scope of the local subnet. No spaces are allowed between the ip-address, the ‟/” and the mask-length parameter. If a forward slash is not immediately following the ip-address, a dotted-decimal mask must follow the prefix.
- mask
Specifies the subnet mask length when the IP prefix is specified in CIDR notation. When the IP prefix is specified in CIDR notation, a forward slash (/) separates the ip-address from the mask-lengthparameter. The mask length parameter indicates the number of bits used for the network portion of the IP address; the remainder of the IP address is used to determine the host portion of the IP address. A mask length of 32 is reserved for system IP addresses.
- netmask
Specifies the subnet mask in dotted-decimal notation. When the IP prefix is not specified in CIDR notation, a space separates the ip-address from a traditional dotted-decimal mask. The mask parameter indicates the complete mask that is used in a logical ‟AND” function to derive the local subnet of the IP address. A mask of 255.255.255.255 is reserved for system IP addresses.
- broadcast
Specifies to overrides the default broadcast address used by the IP interface when sourcing IP broadcasts on the IP interface. If no broadcast format is specified for the IP address, the default value is host-ones, which indicates a subnet broadcast address. Use this parameter to change the broadcast address to all-ones or revert to a broadcast address of host-ones.
The broadcast format on an IP interface can be specified when the IP address is assigned or changed.
This parameter does not affect the type of broadcasts that can be received by the IP interface. A host sending either the local broadcast (all-ones) or the valid subnet broadcast address (host-ones) is received by the IP interface.
- all-ones
Keyword following the broadcast parameter that specifies the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address is 255.255.255.255, also known as the local broadcast.
- host-ones
Keyword following the broadcast parameter that specifies that the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address is the subnet broadcast address. This is an IP address that corresponds to the local subnet described by the ip-address and the mask-length or mask with all the host bits set to binary one. This is the default broadcast address used by an IP interface.
The broadcast parameter within the address command does not have a negation feature, which is usually used to revert a parameter to the default value. To change the broadcast type to host-ones after being changed to all-ones, the address command must be executed with the broadcast parameter defined.
allow-directed-broadcasts
Syntax
[no] allow-directed-broadcasts
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command controls the forwarding of directed broadcasts out of the IP interface.
A directed broadcast is a packet received on a local router interface destined for the subnet broadcast address on another IP interface. The allow-directed-broadcasts command on an IP interface enables or disables the transmission of packets destined for the subnet broadcast address of the egress IP interface.
When enabled, a frame destined for the local subnet on this IP interface is sent as a subnet broadcast out this interface. Care should be exercised when allowing directed broadcasts, because it is a well-known mechanism used for denial-of-service attacks.
When disabled, directed broadcast packets discarded at this egress IP interface are counted in the normal discard counters for the egress SAP.
By default, directed broadcasts are not allowed and are discarded at this egress IP interface.
The no form of this command disables the forwarding of directed broadcasts out of the IP interface.
Default
no allow-directed-broadcasts
bfd
Syntax
bfd transmit-interval [receive receive-interval] [multiplier multiplier] [echo-receive echo-interval] [type iom-hw]
no bfd
Context
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>ies>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the BFD parameters for the associated IP interface. If no parameters are defined, the default value are used.
The multiplier specifies the number of consecutive BFD messages that must be missed from the peer before the BFD session state is changed to down and the upper level protocols (OSPF, IS-IS, BGP) are notified of the fault.
See the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Router Configuration Guide for information about the routing and MPLS protocols and features that can use BFD for protection on 7210 SAS platforms.
The no form of this command removes BFD from the associated IGP protocol adjacency.
Default
no bfd
Parameters
- transmit-interval
Sets the transmit interval for the BFD session.
- receive receive-interval
Sets the receive interval for the BFD session.
- multiplier multiplier
Sets the multiplier for the BFD session.
- echo-receive echo-interval
Sets the minimum echo receive interval, in milliseconds, for the BFD session.
- type iom-hw
Specifies the IOM hardware type.
local-proxy-arp
Syntax
[no] local-proxy-arp
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables local proxy ARP. When local proxy ARP is enabled on an IP interface, the system responds to all ARP requests for IP addresses belonging to the subnet with its own MAC address, and therefore becomes the forwarding point for all traffic between hosts in that subnet. When the local-proxy-arp command is enabled, ICMP redirects on the ports associated with the service are automatically blocked.
Default
no local-proxy-arp
loopback
Syntax
[no] loopback
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies that the associated interface is a loopback interface that has no associated physical interface. As a result, the associated interface cannot be bound to a SAP.
When using mtrace/mstat in a Layer 3 VPN context, the configuration for the VPRN should have a loopback address configured that has the same address as the core instance system address (BGP next hop).
proxy-arp-policy
Syntax
[no] proxy-arp-policy policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables a proxy ARP policy for the interface.
The no form of this command disables the proxy ARP capability.
Default
no proxy-arp
Parameters
- policy-name
Specifies the export route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
remote-proxy-arp
Syntax
[no] remote-proxy-arp
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables remote proxy ARP on the interface.
Remote proxy ARP is similar to proxy ARP. It allows the router to answer an ARP request on an interface for a subnet that is not provisioned on that interface. This allows the router to forward to the other subnet on behalf of the requester. To distinguish remote proxy ARP from local proxy ARP, local proxy ARP performs a similar function but only when the requested IP is on the receiving interface.
Default
no remote-proxy-arp
secondary
Syntax
secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask} [broadcast {all-ones | host-ones}] [igp-inhibit]
no secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask}
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command assigns up to 64 secondary IP addresses to the interface, including the primary IP address. Each address can be configured in an IP address, IP subnet, or broadcast address format.
Parameters
- ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that is used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted-decimal notation.
- /
The forward slash is a parameter delimiter that separates the ip-address portion of the IP address from the mask that defines the scope of the local subnet. No spaces are allowed between the ip-address, the "/" and the mask parameter. If a forward slash does not immediately follow the ip-address, a dotted decimal netmask must follow the prefix.
- mask
Specifies the subnet mask length when the IP prefix is specified in CIDR notation. When the IP prefix is specified in CIDR notation, a forward slash (/) separates the ip-address from the mask parameter. The mask parameter indicates the number of bits used for the network portion of the IP address; the remainder of the IP address is used to determine the host portion of the IP address. A mask length of 32 is reserved for system IP addresses.
- netmask
Specifies the subnet mask in dotted-decimal notation. When the IP prefix is not specified in CIDR notation, a space separates the ip-address from a traditional dotted-decimal mask. The netmask parameter indicates the complete mask that is used in a logical ‟AND” function to derive the local subnet of the IP address. A netmask of 255.255.255.255 is reserved for system IP addresses.
- broadcast {all-ones | host-ones}
Optional keyword to override the default broadcast address used by the IP interface when sourcing IP broadcasts on the IP interface. If no broadcast format is specified for the IP address, the default value is host-ones, which indicates a subnet broadcast address. Use this parameter to change the broadcast address to all-ones or revert to a broadcast address of host-ones.
The broadcast parameter within the address command does not have a negation feature, which is usually used to revert a parameter to the default value. To change the broadcast type to host-ones after being configured as all-ones, the address command must be executed with the broadcast parameter defined. The broadcast format on an IP interface can be specified when the IP address is assigned or changed.
This parameter does not affect the type of broadcasts that can be received by the IP interface. A host sending either the local broadcast (all-ones) or the valid subnet broadcast address (host-ones) is received by the IP interface
- igp-inhibit
Keyword to specify that the secondary IP address should not be recognized as a local interface by the running IGP.
static-arp
Syntax
[no] static-arp ip-address ieee-mac-address
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures a static ARP entry associating a subscriber IP address with a MAC address for the core router instance. This static ARP appears in the core routing ARP table. A static ARP can be configured only if it exists on the network attached to the IP interface. If an entry for a particular IP address already exists and a new MAC address is configured for the IP address, the existing MAC address is replaced with the new MAC address.
The no form of this command removes a static ARP entry.
Parameters
- ip-address
Specifies the IP address for the static ARP in IP address dotted-decimal notation.
- ieee-mac-address
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.
Router advertisement commands
router-advertisement
Syntax
[no] router-advertisement
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures router advertisement properties. By default, it is disabled for all IPv6 enabled interfaces.
The no form of this command disables all IPv6 interface. However, the no interface interface-name command disables a specific interface.
Default
disabled
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advertisement
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures router advertisement properties on a specific interface. The interface must already exist in the config>router>interface context.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
Specifies the interface name. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
current-hop-limit
Syntax
current-hop-limit number
no current-hop-limit
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the current hop limit in the router advertisement messages. It informs the nodes on the subnet about the hop limit when originating IPv6 packets.
Default
64
Parameters
- number
Specifies the hop limit. A value of zero means there is an unspecified number of hops.
managed-configuration
Syntax
[no] managed-configuration
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command sets the managed address configuration flag. This flag indicates that DHCPv6 is available for address configuration in addition to any address autoconfigured using stateless address autoconfiguration.
Default
no managed-configuration
max-advertisement-interval
Syntax
[no] max-advertisement-interval seconds
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the maximum interval between sending router advertisement messages.
Default
600
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the maximum interval in seconds between sending router advertisement messages.
min-advertisement-interval
Syntax
[no] min-advertisement-interval seconds
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the minimum interval between sending ICMPv6 neighbor discovery router advertisement messages.
Default
200
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the minimum interval in seconds between sending ICMPv6 neighbor discovery router advertisement messages.
mtu
Syntax
[no] mtu mtu-bytes
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the MTU for the nodes to use to send packets on the link.
Default
no mtu
Parameters
- mtu-bytes
Specifies the MTU for the nodes to use to send packets on the link.
other-stateful-configuration
Syntax
[no] other-stateful-configuration
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command sets the "Other configuration" flag. This flag indicates that DHCPv6lite is available for autoconfiguration of other (non-address) information, such as DNS-related information or information about other servers in the network.
Default
no other-stateful-configuration
prefix
Syntax
[no] prefix [ipv6-prefix/prefix-length]
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures an IPv6 prefix in the router advertisement messages. To support multiple IPv6 prefixes, use multiple prefix statements. No prefix is advertised until explicitly configured using prefix statements.
Parameters
- ip-prefix
Specifies the IP prefix for the prefix list entry in dotted-decimal notation.
- prefix-length
Keyword that specifies a route must match the most significant bits and have a prefix length.
autonomous
Syntax
[no] autonomous
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if>prefix
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies whether the prefix can be used for stateless address autoconfiguration.
Default
enabled
on-link
Syntax
[no] on-link
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if>prefix
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies whether the prefix can be used for on-link determination.
Default
enabled
preferred-lifetime
Syntax
[no] preferred-lifetime {seconds | infinite}
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the remaining length of time in seconds that this prefix continues to be preferred, such as, time until deprecation.
The address generated from a deprecated prefix should not be used as a source address in new communications, but packets received on such an interface are processed as expected.
Default
604800
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the remaining length of time in seconds that this prefix continues to be preferred.
- infinite
Keyword that specifies the prefix is always preferred. A value of 4,294,967,295 represents infinity.
valid-lifetime
Syntax
valid-lifetime {seconds | infinite}
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the length of time in seconds that the prefix is valid for the purpose of on-link determination. A value of all one bits (0xffffffff) represents infinity.
The address generated from an invalidated prefix should not appear as the destination or source address of a packet.
Default
2592000
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the remaining length of time in seconds that this prefix continues to be valid.
- infinite
Keyword that specifies the prefix is always valid. A value of 4,294,967,295 represents infinity.
reachable-time
Syntax
reachable-time milli-seconds
no reachable-time
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures how long this router should be considered reachable by other nodes on the link after receiving a reachability confirmation.
Default
no reachable-time
Parameters
- milli-seconds
Specifies the length of time the router should be considered reachable.
retransmit-time
Syntax
retransmit-timer milli-seconds
no retransmit-timer
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the retransmission frequency of neighbor solicitation messages.
Default
no retransmit-time
Parameters
- milli-seconds
Specifies how often the retransmission should occur.
router-lifetime
Syntax
router-lifetime seconds
no router-lifetime
Context
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command sets the router lifetime.
Default
1800
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the length of time, in seconds (relative to the time the packet is sent), that the prefix is valid for route determination.
Interface Internet Control Message Protocol commands
icmp
Syntax
icmp
Context
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>nw-if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) parameters on a VPRN service.
mask-reply
Syntax
[no] mask-reply
Context
config>service>vprn>if>icmp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>icmp
config>service>vprn>nw-if>icmp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables responses to ICMP mask requests on the router interface.
If a local node sends an ICMP mask request to the router interface, the mask-reply command configures the router interface to reply to the request.
By default, the router instance replies to mask requests.
The no form of this command disables replies to ICMP mask requests on the router interface.
Default
mask-reply
redirects
Syntax
redirects [number seconds]
no redirects
Context
config>service>vprn>if>icmp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>icmp
config>service>vprn>nw-if>icmp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This commad configures the rate for ICMP redirect messages issued on the router interface.
When routes are not optimal on this router and another router on the same subnetwork has a better route, the router can issue an ICMP redirect to alert the sending node that a better route is available.
The redirects command enables the generation of ICMP redirects on the router interface. The rate at which ICMP redirects are issued can be controlled with the optional number and seconds parameters by indicating the maximum number of redirect messages that can be issued on the interface for a specified time interval.
By default, the generation of ICMP redirect messages is enabled at a maximum rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the generation of icmp redirects on the router interface.
Default
redirects 100 10
Parameters
- number
Specifies the maximum number of ICMP redirect messages to send. This parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
- seconds
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, used to limit the number of ICMP redirect messages that can be issued.
ttl-expired
Syntax
ttl-expired number seconds
no ttl-expired
Context
config>service>vprn>if>icmp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>icmp
config>service>vprn>nw-if>icmp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the rate ICMP TTL expired messages are issued by the IP interface.
By default, the generation of ICMP TTL expired messages is enabled at a maximum rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the limiting the rate of TTL expired messages on the router interface.
Default
ttl-expired 100 10
Parameters
- number
Specifies the maximum number of ICMP TTL expired messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
- seconds
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, used to limit the number of ICMP TTL expired messages that can be issued, expressed as a decimal integer.
unreachables
Syntax
unreachables [number seconds]
no unreachables
Context
config>service>vprn>if>icmp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>icmp
config>service>vprn>nw-if>icmp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the rate for ICMP host and network destination unreachable messages issued on the router interface.
The rate at which ICMP unreachables is issued can be controlled with the optional number and seconds parameters by indicating the maximum number of destination unreachable messages that can be issued on the interface for a specified time interval.
By default, the generation of ICMP destination unreachable messages is enabled at a maximum rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the generation of ICMP destination unreachable messages on the router interface.
Default
unreachables 100 10
Parameters
- number
Specifies the maximum number of ICMP unreachable messages to send. This parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
- seconds
Specifies the time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP unreachable messages that can be issued.
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the maximum IP transmit unit (packet) for the interface.
The MTU that is advertised from the VPRN size is:
MINIMUM((SdpOperPathMtu - EtherHeaderSize), (Configured ip-mtu))
By default (for Ethernet network interface) if no ip-mtu is configured, the packet size is (1568 - 14) = 1554.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no ip-mtu
Parameters
- octets
Specifies the number of octets in the IP-MTU.
Interface Service Access Point commands
sap
Syntax
sap sap-id [create]
no sap sap-id
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within a service. A SAP is a combination of port and encapsulation parameters that identify the service access point on the interface and within the 7210 SAS. Each SAP must be unique.
All SAPs must be explicitly created. If no SAPs are created within a service or on an IP interface, a SAP does not exist on that object.
Enter an existing SAP without the create keyword to edit SAP parameters. The SAP is owned by the service in which it was created.
A SAP can be associated with only a single service. A SAP can be defined only on a port that has been configured as an access port using the config interface port-type port-id mode access command.
If a port is shut down, all SAPs on that port become operationally down. When a service is shut down, SAPs for the service are not displayed as operationally down, although all traffic traversing the service is discarded. The operational state of a SAP is relative to the operational state of the port on which the SAP is defined.
The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port. When a SAP is deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP are also deleted.
Special Cases
- VPRN
A VPRN SAP must be defined on an Ethernet interface.
Parameters
- sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
- port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the slot/mda/port format.
If the card in the slot has Media Dependent Adapters (MDAs) installed, the port-id must be in the slot_number/MDA_number/port_number format.
The port-id must reference a valid port type. The port must be configured as an access port.
- create
Mandatory keyword to create an SAP instance.
- split-horizon-group group-name
Specifies the name of the split horizon group to which the SAP belongs.
tod-suite
Syntax
tod-suite tod-suite-name
no tod-suite
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command applies a time-based policy (filter or QoS policy) to the SAP. The suite name must already exist in the config>cron context.
Default
no tod-suite
Parameters
- tod-suite-name
Specifies a collection of policies (ACLs, QoS), including time-ranges, that define the full or partial behavior of a SAP or a subscriber. The suite can be applied to more than one SAP.
accounting-policy
Syntax
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
no accounting-policy
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command creates the accounting policy context that can be applied to an interface SAP or interface SAP spoke-SDP.
An accounting policy must be defined before it can be associated with a SAP. If the policy-id does not exist, an error message is generated.
A maximum of one accounting policy can be associated with a SAP at one time. Accounting policies are configured in the config>log context.
The no form of this command removes the accounting policy association from the SAP, and the accounting policy reverts to the default value.
Parameters
- acct-policy-id
Specifies the accounting policy-id as configured in the config>log>accounting-policy context.
collect-stats
Syntax
[no] collect-stats
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables accounting and statistical data collection for an interface SAP or interface SAP spoke-SDP, or network port. When applying accounting policies, by default the data is collected in the appropriate records and written to the designated billing file.
When the no collect-stats command is issued, the statistics are still accumulated by the IOM cards. However, the CPU does not obtain the results and write them to the billing file. If a subsequent collect-stats command is issued, the counters written to the billing file include all the traffic while the no collect-stats command was in effect.
Default
no collect-stats
dist-cpu-protection
Syntax
dist-cpu-protection policy-name
no dist-cpu-protection
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command assigns a valid existing Distributed CPU Protection (DCP) policy to a SAP. By default, no DCP policy is associated with the SAP.
The no form of this command disables the use of DCP policies for the SAP.
Default
no dist-cpu-protection
Parameters
- policy-name
Specifies the name of the DCP policy, up to 32 characters.
Interface anti-spoofing commands
anti-spoof
Syntax
anti-spoof {ip | mac | ip-mac | nh-mac}
no anti-spoof-type
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables anti-spoof filtering and optionally changes the anti-spoof matching type for the interface.
The type of anti-spoof filtering defines what information in the incoming packet is used to generate the criteria to look up an entry in the anti-spoof filter table. The parameter type defines the anti-spoof filter type enforced by the SAP when anti-spoof filtering is enabled.
The following are the default filter types:
non-Ethernet encapsulation default anti-spoof filter type
When enabled on a non-Ethernet encapsulated SAP, the anti-spoof filter default type is ip.
Ethernet encapsulated default anti-spoof filter type
When enabled on an Ethernet encapsulated SAP, the anti-spoof default type is ip-mac.
default anti-spoof filter state
By default, anti-spoof filtering is disabled on the SAP.
The no form of this command disables anti-spoof filtering on the SAP.
Parameters
- ip
Keyword to specify that SAP anti-spoof filtering uses only the source IP address in its lookup. If a static host exists on the SAP without an IP address specified, the anti-spoof type ip command fails.
- mac
Keyword to specify that SAP anti-spoof filtering uses only the source MAC address in its lookup. Setting the anti-spoof filter type to mac is not allowed on non-Ethernet encapsulated SAPs. If a static host exists on the SAP without a specified MAC address, the anti-spoof type mac command fails. The anti-spoof type mac command also fails if the SAP does not support Ethernet encapsulation.
- ip-mac
Keyword to specify that SAP anti-spoof filtering uses both the source IP address and the source MAC address in its lookup. If a static host exists on the SAP without both the IP address and MAC address specified, the anti-spoof type ip-mac command fails. This is also true if the default anti-spoof filter type of the SAP is ip-mac and the default is not overridden. The anti-spoof type ip-mac command also fails if the SAP does not support Ethernet encapsulation.
- nh-mac
Keyword to specify that the ingress anti-spoof is based on the source MAC address and the egress anti-spoof is based on the nh-ip-address.
arp-populate
Syntax
[no] arp-populate
Context
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>vprn>sub-if>subscriber-interface
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures populating static and dynamic hosts into the system ARP cache. When enabled, the host IP address and MAC address are placed in the system ARP cache as a managed entry.
Static hosts must be defined on the interface using the host command. Dynamic hosts are enabled on the system through enabling lease-populate in the IP interface DHCP context. In the event that both a static host and a dynamic host share the same IP and MAC address, the system ARP cache retains the host information until both the static and dynamic information are removed. Both static and dynamic hosts override static ARP entries. Static ARP entries are marked as inactive when they conflict with static or dynamic hosts and are repopulated when all static and dynamic host information for the IP address are removed. Because static ARP entries are not possible when static subscriber hosts are defined or when DHCP lease state table population is enabled, conflict between static ARP entries and the arp-populate function is not an issue.
The arp-populate command fails if an existing static subscriber host on the SAP does not have both MAC and IP addresses specified.
When the arp-populate command is enabled, creating a static subscriber host on the SAP without both an IP address and MAC address fails.
The arp-populate command can be enabled on only VPRN interfaces supporting Ethernet encapsulation.
The no form of this command disables ARP cache population functions for static and dynamic hosts on the interface. All static and dynamic host information in the system ARP cache are removed. Any existing static ARP entries previously inactive because of static or dynamic hosts are populated in the system ARP cache.
When arp-populate is enabled, the system does not send out ARP requests for hosts that are not in the ARP cache. Only statically configured and DHCP learned hosts are reachable through an IP interface with the arp-populate command enabled.
Default
no arp-populate
arp-timeout
Syntax
arp-timeout seconds
no arp-timeout
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the minimum time in seconds an ARP entry learned on the IP interface is stored in the ARP table. ARP entries are automatically refreshed when an ARP request or gratuitous ARP is seen from an IP host; otherwise, the ARP entry is aged from the ARP table. If arp-timeout is set to a value of zero seconds, ARP aging is disabled.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
14400 seconds
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the minimum number of seconds a learned ARP entry is stored in the ARP table, expressed as a decimal integer. A value of zero specifies that the timer is inoperative and learned ARP entries are not aged.
delayed-enable
Syntax
delayed-enable seconds [init-only]
no delayed-enable
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command delays making the interface operational by the specified number of seconds.
In environments with many subscribers, it can take time to synchronize the subscriber state between peers when the subscriber interface is enabled (for example, after a reboot). To ensure that the state has time to be synchronized, the delayed-enable timer can be specified. The optional init-only parameter specifies to use the delayed-enable timer only after a reboot.
Default
no delayed-enable
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the number of seconds to delay before the interface is operational.
- init-only
Keyword that delays the initialization of the subscriber interface to give the system time to complete necessary tasks, such as allowing routing protocols to converge or MCS to synchronize the subscriber information. The delay occurs only immediately after a reboot.
host
Syntax
[no] host {[ip ip-address [mac ieee-address]} [subscriber sub-ident-string] [sub-profile sub-profile-name] [sla-profile sla-profile-name]
no host {[ip ip-address] [mac ieee-address]}
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command creates a static host for the SAP. Applications within the system that make use of static host entries include anti-spoof and source MAC population into the VPLS forwarding database.
Multiple static hosts can be defined on the SAP. Each host is identified by a source IP address, a source MAC address, or both a source IP and source MAC address. When anti-spoof is enabled on the SAP, the host information is populated into the SAP anti-spoof table, allowing ingress packets that match the entry to access the SAP. When the MAC address exists in the host definition, the MAC address is populated into the VPLS forwarding database and associates it with the SAP. The static host definition overrides static MAC entries using the same MAC and prevents dynamic learning of the MAC on another interface.
Defining a static host identical to an existing static host has no effect and does not generate a log or error message.
Every static host definition must have at least one address defined: IP or MAC.
Static hosts may exist on the SAP even with anti-spoof and arp-populate (VPRN) features disabled. When enabled, each feature has different requirements for static hosts.
The no form of this command removes a static entry from the system. The specified ip address and mac address must exactly match the IP and MAC addresses of the host as defined when it was created. When a static host is removed from the SAP, the affect of its removal on the anti-spoof filter, ARP cache, or the VPLS forwarding database is also evaluated.
Parameters
- anti-spoof
Keyword that specifies to use static and dynamic host information to populate entries into an anti-spoof filter table. The anti-spoof filter entries generated are of the same type as specified in the anti-spoof type parameter. If the SAP anti-spoof filter is defined as mac, each static host definition must specify a MAC address. If the SAP anti-spoof filter is defined as ip, each static host definition must specify an IP address. If the SAP anti-spoof filter is defined as ip-mac, each static host definition must specify both an IP address and MAC address. If the definition of a static host is attempted without addresses specified for the enabled anti-spoof filter, the static host definition fails.
- arp-populate
Keyword that specifies to use static and dynamic host information to populate entries into the system ARP cache. This is only available on the VPRN service SAPs. Both a MAC address and IP address are required to populate an ARP entry in the system. If the definition of a static host is attempted without both a MAC and IP address specified when arp-populate is enabled, the static host definition fails.
- fdb-populate
Keyword that is an implicit feature and uses the static host definition as a static MAC in the VPLS forwarding database. It cannot be enabled or disabled and has no effect on the ability to create static hosts without a MAC address specified. When a MAC address is specified for a static host, it is automatically populated into the VPLS forwarding database associated with the SAP on which the host is created. The static host MAC address overrides static MAC entries that use the same MAC and prevent dynamic learning of the MAC on another interface. Existing static MAC entries with the same MAC address as a static host are marked as inactive but not deleted. If all static hosts are removed from the SAP, the static MAC may be populated. New static MAC definitions for the VPLS instance may be created while a static host exists associated with the static MAC address.
- ip ip-address
Optional parameter that specifies a static host. The IP address must be specified for anti-spoof ip and anti-spoof ip-mac commands. Only one static host can be configured on the SAP with a specified IP address. The following rules apply to configuring static hosts using an IP address.
Only one static host can be defined using a specific IP address.
Defining a static host with the same IP address as a previous static host overwrites the previous static host.
If a static host has an IP address assigned, the MAC address for the host is optional (depending on the features enabled on the SAP).
- mac mac-address
Optional parameter that specifies a static host. The MAC address must be specified for anti-spoof ip and anti-spoof ip-mac. Multiple static hosts may be configured with the same MAC address if each definition is distinguished by a unique IP address. The following rules apply to configuring static hosts using a MAC address:
Multiple static hosts can share the same MAC address.
Executing the host command with the same MAC address but a different IP address as an existing static host creates a new static host.
If a static host has a MAC address assigned, the IP address for the host is optional (depending on the features enabled on the SAP).
- subscriber sub-ident-string
Optional parameter that specifies an existing subscriber identification profile to be associated with the static subscriber host. The subscriber identification profile is configured using the config>subscr-mgmt>sub-ident-policy context. The subscriber information is used by the VPRN SAP arp-reply-agent to determine the correct handling of received ARP requests from subscribers.
For VPRN SAPs with arp-reply-agent enabled with the optional sub-ident parameter, the static subscriber host sub-ident-string is used to determine whether an ARP request received on the SAP is sourced from a host belonging to the same subscriber as the destination host. When both the destination and source hosts from the ARP request are known on the SAP and the subscriber identifications do not match, the ARP request may be forwarded to the rest of the VPRN destinations.
If the static subscriber host sub-ident-string is not defined, the host is not considered to belong to the same subscriber as another host on the SAP.
If source or destination host is unknown, the hosts are not considered to belong to the same subscriber. ARP messages from unknown hosts are subject to anti-spoof filtering rules applied at the SAP.
If sub-ident is not enabled on the SAP arp-reply-agent, subscriber identification matching is not performed on ARP requests received on the SAP.
ARP requests are never forwarded back to the same SAP or within the receiving SAP split horizon group.
- sub-profile sub-profile-name
Optional parameter that specifies an existing subscriber profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host. The subscriber profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile context.
- sla-profile sla-profile-name
Optional parameter that specifies an existing SLA profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host. The SLA profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile context.
frame-relay
Syntax
frame-relay
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context configure Frame Relay parameters on the SAP.
frf-12
Syntax
[no] frf-12
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables the use of FRF12 headers.
The no form of this command disables the use of FRF12 headers.
ete-fragment-threshold
Syntax
ete-fragment-threshold threshold
no ete-fragment-threshold
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>frf-12
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the maximum length of a fragment to be transmitted.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
Parameters
- threshold
Specifies the maximum length of a fragment to be transmitted.
interleave
Syntax
interleave
no interleave
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>frame-relay>frf.12
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables interleaving of high priority frames and low-priority frame fragments within a FR SAP using FRF.12 end-to-end fragmentation.
When this option is enabled, only frames of the FR SAP non-expedited forwarding class queues are subject to fragmentation. The frames of the FR SAP expedited queues are interleaved, with no fragmentation header among the fragmented frames. This provides behavior similar to MLPPP Link Fragment Interleaving (LFI).
When this option is disabled, frames of all the FR SAP forwarding class queues are subject to fragmentation. However, the fragmentation header is not included when the frame size is smaller than the user-configured fragmentation size. In this mode, the SAP transmits all fragments of a frame before sending the next full or fragmented frame.
The receive direction of the FR SAP supports both modes of operation concurrently, with and without fragment interleaving.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no interleave
scheduling-class
Syntax
scheduling-class class-id
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the scheduling class to use for this SAP.
Parameters
- class-id
Specifies the scheduling class to use for this sap.
Interface SAP filter and QoS policy commands
egress
Syntax
egress
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context configure egress SAP Quality of Service (QoS) policies and filter policies.
If no SAP egress QoS policy is defined, the system default SAP egress QoS policy is used for egress processing. If no egress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.
agg-rate-limit
Syntax
agg-rate-limit agg-rate
no agg-rate-limit
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command defines a maximum total rate for all egress queues on a service SAP.
The port scheduler mode should be set to ‟sap-based” scheduling mode before using this command. The egress port scheduler enforces the aggregate queue rate for the SAP as it distributes its bandwidth to all the SAPs configured on the port. The port scheduler stops distributing bandwidth to member queues when it has detected that the aggregate rate limit has been reached.
A SAP aggregate scheduler is created for each instance of the SAP queues created on each of the member ports of the LAG. For a LAG, the port scheduler mode configured for the primary port is used for all the member ports of the LAG.
The scheduler mode is specified by the scheduler-mode command. To implement the agg-rate-limit, the scheduler mode must be specified as ‟sap-based”. See the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Interface Configuration Guide for more information about the scheduler-mode command.
The no form of this command removes the aggregate rate limit from the SAP or multi-service site.
Parameters
- agg-rate
Specifies the aggregate rate, in kilobits-per-second, that the queues on the SAP or MSS can operate.
aggregate-meter-rate
Syntax
aggregate-meter-rate rate-in-kbps [burst burst-in-kbits] [enable-stats]
no aggregate-meter-rate
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command associates a set of two counters to count total forwarded packets and octets and total dropped packets and octets. When the counter is enabled, the number of resources required increases by twice the number of resources taken up when counter is not used. If the enable-stats keyword is specified during the creation of the meter, the counter is allocated by the software, if available. To free up the counter and relinquish its use, the user can use the no aggregate-meter-rate command, and then recreate the meter using the aggregate-meter-rate command.
If egress rrame-based accounting is used, the SAP egress aggregate meter rate accounts for the Ethernet frame overhead. The system accounts for 12 bytes of IFG and 8 bytes of start delimiter. Frame-based counting does not affect the count of octets maintained by the counter, if it is in use.
Before enabling this command for a SAP, resources must be allocated to this feature from the egress internal TCAM resource pool using the configure system resource-profile egress-internal-tcam egress-sap-aggregate-meter command. See the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Basic System Configuration Guide for more information.
The egress aggregate meter is not FC aware. The forward and drop decisions are made based on the order the packets are sent out of the SAP by the egress port scheduler.
The no form of this command removes the egress aggregate policer from use.
Default
no aggregate-meter-rate
Parameters
- rate-in-kbps
Specifies the rate in kilobits per second.
- burst-in-kbits
Specifies the burst size for the policer in kilobits. The burst size cannot be configured without configuring the rate.
- enable-stats
Keyword to specify whether the counter that counts forwarded and dropped packets must be allocated.
filter
Syntax
filter ip ip-filter-id ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter [mac mac-filter-id]
no filter [ip ip-filter-id | ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
no filter [mac mac-filter-id]
no filter
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command associates an IP filter policy with an ingress or egress SAP or IP interface. Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on IP matching criteria.
The filter command is used to associate a filter policy that has a specified ip-filter-id with an ingress or egress SAP. The ip-filter-id must already be defined before the filter command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation fails and an error message is returned.
In general, filters applied to SAPs (ingress or egress) apply to all packets on the SAP. One exception is non-IP packets are not applied to IP match criteria, so the default action in the filter policy applies to these packets.
The no form of this command removes any configured filter ID association with the SAP or IP interface. The filter ID is not removed from the system unless the scope of the created filter is set to local.
Parameters
- ip ip-filter-id
Specifies the IP filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IP filters.
- ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
Specifies the IPv6 filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IPv6 filters.
- mac mac-filter-id
Specifies the MAC filter policy. The specified filter ID must already exist within the created MAC filters. The filter policy must already exist within the created MAC filters.
qos
Syntax
qos policy-id
qos policy-id [enable-table-classification]
no qos
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command associates a QoS policy with an ingress or egress SAP or IP interface.
QoS ingress and egress policies are important for the enforcement of SLA agreements. The policy ID must be defined before associating the policy with a SAP or IP interface. If the policy-id does not exist, an error is returned.
The qos command associates both ingress and egress QoS policies. The qos command only allows ingress policies to be associated on SAP or IP interface ingress, and only allows egress policies on SAP or IP interface egress. Attempts to associate a QoS policy of the wrong type returns an error.
Only one ingress and one egress QoS policy can be associated with a SAP or IP interface at one time. Attempts to associate a second policy of the same or different type replaces the earlier one with the new policy.
On the 7210 SAS-R6 and 7210 SAS-R12 (ingress), using the enable-table-classification keyword enables the use of IP DSCP tables to assign FC and profile on a per-SAP ingress basis. The match-criteria configured in the service ingress policy, which require CAM resources, are ignored. Only meters from the service ingress policy are used (and the meters still require CAM resources). The IP DSCP classification policy configured in the SAP ingress policy is used to assign FC and profile. The default FC is assigned from the SAP ingress policy.
By default, no specific QoS policy is associated with the SAP or IP interface for ingress or egress, so the default QoS policy is used.
The no form of this command removes the QoS policy association from the SAP or IP interface, and the QoS policy reverts to the default value.
Parameters
- policy-id
Specifies the ingress or egress policy ID to associate with SAP or IP interface on ingress or egress. The policy ID must already exist.
- enable-table-classification
Keyword that enables the use of table-based classification instead of CAM-based classification at SAP ingress. The FC and profile are taken from the IP DSCP classification policy configured in the ingress policy, along with the meters from the SAP ingress policy. Match-criteria entries in the SAP ingress policy are ignored.
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress SAP QoS policies and filter policies.
If no SAP ingress QoS policy is defined, the system default SAP ingress QoS policy is used for ingress processing. If no ingress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.
aggregate-meter-rate
Syntax
aggregate-meter-rate rate-in-kbps [burst burst-in-kbits]
no aggregate-meter-rate
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the SAP aggregate policer. The rate of the SAP aggregate policer must be specified by the user. The user can optionally specify the burst size for the SAP aggregate policer. The aggregate policer monitors the traffic on different FCs and determines the destination of the packet. The packet is either forwarded to an identified profile or dropped.
The following table lists information about the final disposition of the packet based on the operating rate of the per-FC policer and the per-SAP aggregate policer.
| Per-FC meter operating rate | Per-FC assigned color | SAP aggregate meter operating rate | SAP aggregate meter color | Final packet color |
|---|---|---|---|---|
Within CIR |
Green |
Within PIR |
Green |
Green or In-profile |
Within CIR1 |
Green |
Above PIR |
Red |
Green or In-profile |
Above CIR, Within PIR |
Yellow |
Within PIR |
Green |
Yellow or Out-of-Profile |
Above CIR, Within PIR |
Yellow |
Above PIR |
Red |
Red or Dropped |
Above PIR |
Red |
Within PIR |
Green |
Red or Dropped |
Above PIR |
Red |
Above PIR |
Red |
Red or Dropped |
When the SAP aggregate policer is configured, the per-FC policer can be configured only in ‟trtcm2” mode (RFC 4115).
The SAP ingress meter counters increment the packet or octet counts based on the final disposition of the packet.
If ingress frame-based accounting is used, the SAP aggregate meter rate accounts for the Ethernet frame overhead. The system accounts for 12 bytes of IFG and 8 bytes of start delimiter.
The no form of this command removes the aggregate policer from use.
Default
no aggregate-meter-rate
Parameters
- rate-in-kbps
Specifies the rate in kilobits per second.
- burst burst-in-kilobits
Specifies the burst size for the policer in kilobits. The burst size cannot be configured without configuring the rate.
meter-override
Syntax
[no] meter-override
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command, within the SAP ingress contexts, enables the context for specific overrides to one or more meters created on the SAP through the SAP ingress QoS policies.
The no form of this command removes existing meter overrides.
Default
no meter-override
meter
Syntax
meter meter-id [create]
no meter meter-id
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress>meter-override
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command, within the SAP ingress contexts, enables the context for specific overrides to a specific meter created on the SAP through a sap-ingress QoS policies.
The no form of this command is used to remove any existing overrides for the specified meter-id.
Parameters
- meter-id
Specifies the meter ID. The specified meter-id must exist within the SAP ingress QoS policy applied to the SAP. If the meter is not currently used by any forwarding class or forwarding type mappings, the meter does noty exist on the SAP. This does not preclude creating an override context for the meter-id.
- create
Keyword that is required when a meter meter-id override node is being created and the system is configured to expect explicit confirmation that a new object is being created. When the system is not configured to expect explicit confirmation, the create keyword is not required.
adaptation-rule
Syntax
adaptation-rule [pir adaptation-rule] [cir adaptation-rule]
no adaptation-rule
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress>meter-override>meter
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command overrides specific attributes of the specified meter adaptation rule parameters. The adaptation rule controls the method used by the system to derive the operational CIR and PIR settings when the meter is provisioned in hardware. For the CIR and PIR parameters individually, the system attempts to find the best operational rate depending on the defined constraint.
The no form of this command removes any explicitly defined constraints used to derive the operational CIR and PIR created by the application of the policy. When a specific adaptation-rule is removed, the default constraints for rate and cir apply.
Default
no adaptation-rule
Parameters
- pir
Keyword that defines the constraints enforced when adapting the PIR rate defined within the meter-override meter command. The pir keyword requires a qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the operational PIR for the queue. When the meter-override command is not specified, the default applies.
When the meter mode in use is ‟trtcm2,” this parameter is interpreted as EIR value. See the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Quality of Service Guide for a description and relevant notes for meter modes.
- cir
Keyword that defines the constraints enforced when adapting the CIR rate defined within the meter-override meter command. The cir parameter requires a qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the operational CIR for the queue. When the cir parameter is not specified, the default constraint applies.
- adaptation-rule
Specifies the criteria to use to compute the operational CIR and PIR values for this meter, while maintaining a minimum offset.
cbs
Syntax
cbs size [kbits | bytes | kbytes]
no cbs
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress>meter-override>meter
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command provides a mechanism to override the default CBS for the meter. The size parameter specifies the maximum burst size that can be transmitted by the source while still complying with the CIR. If the transmitted burst is lower than the CBS value, the packets are marked as in-profile by the meter to indicate that the traffic is complying with meter configured parameters.
The no form of this command reverts the CBS size to the default value.
Default
32 kbits
Parameters
- size
Specifies the value in either kbits, bytes, or kilobytes.
mbs
Syntax
mbs size [kbits | bytes | kbytes]
no mbs
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress>meter-override>meter
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command overrides the default MBS for the meter. The size parameter specifies the maximum burst size that can be transmitted by the source while still complying with the CIR. If the transmitted burst is lower than the MBS value, the packets are marked as in-profile by the meter to indicate that the traffic is complying meter configured parameters.
The no form of this command reverts the MBS size to the default value.
Default
512kbits
Parameters
- size
Specifies the value in either kbits, bytes, or kilobytes.
mode
Syntax
mode mode
no mode
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress>meter-override>meter
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command is used to override the SAP ingress QoS policy configured mode parameters for the specified meter-id.
The no form of this command restores the policy defined metering and profiling mode to a meter.
Parameters
- mode
Specifies the rate mode of the meter-override.
rate
Syntax
rate cir cir-rate [pir pir-rate]
no rate
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress>meter-override>meter
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command is used to override the SAP ingress QoS policy configured rate parameters for the specified meter-id.
The no form of this command restores the policy defined metering and profiling rate to a meter.
Default
max
The max default specifies the amount of bandwidth in kilobits per second (thousand bits per second). The max value is mutually exclusive to the pir-rate value.
Parameters
- pir-rate
Specifies the administrative PIR rate, in kilobits, for the queue. When the rate command is executed, a valid PIR setting must be explicitly defined. When the rate command has not been executed, the default PIR of max is assumed. Fractional values are not allowed and must be entered as a positive integer.
When the meter mode is set to ‟trtcm2,” the PIR value is interpreted as the EIR value. See the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Quality of Service Guide for more information.
The actual PIR rate is dependent on the queue adaptation-rule parameters and the hardware where the queue is provisioned.
- cir-rate
Specifies to override the default administrative CIR used by the queue. When the rate command is executed, a CIR setting is optional. When the rate command has not been executed or the cir parameter is not explicitly specified, the default CIR (0) is assumed. Fractional values are not allowed and must be entered as a positive integer.
ipsec-gw
Syntax
ipsec-gw name
no ipsec-gw
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the IPSec gateway.
Parameters
- name
Specifies the IPSec gateway name, up to 32 characters.
default-secure-service
Syntax
default-secure-service service-id ipsec-interface ip-int-name
no default-secure-service
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-gw
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies a service ID or service name of the default security service used by this SAP IPSec gateway.
Parameters
- service-id
Specifies a default secure service.
default-tunnel-template
Syntax
default-tunnel-template ipsec template identifier
no default-tunnel-template
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-gw
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the default tunnel policy template for the gateway.
Parameters
- ipsec template id*
1 to 2048
ike-policy
Syntax
ike-policy ike-policy-id
no ike-policy
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-gw
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the IKE policy for the gateway.
Parameters
- ike-policy-id
Specifies the IKE policy ID.
local-gateway-address
Syntax
local-gateway-address ip-address
no local-gateway-address
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-gw
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the ipsec-gateway local address.
Parameters
- ip-address
Specifies the IP unicast address.
pre-shared-key
Syntax
pre-shared-key key
no pre-shared-key
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-gw
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the shared secret between the two peers forming the tunnel.
Parameters
- key
Specifies a pre-shared key for dynamic keying.
multi-service-site
Syntax
multi-service-site customer-site-name
no multi-service-site customer-site-name
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command creates a new customer site or edits an existing customer site using the customer-site-name parameter. A customer site is an anchor point to create an ingress and egress virtual scheduler hierarchy. When scheduler policies are defined for ingress and egress, the scheduler names contained in each policy are created according to the parameters defined in the policy. Multi-service customer sites exist for the sole purpose of creating a virtual scheduler hierarchy and making it available to queues on multiple SAPs.
The scheduler policy association with the customer site prevents the scheduler policy from being deleted until after the scheduler policy is removed from the customer site. The multi-service-site object generates a log message indicating that the association was deleted because of scheduler policy removal.
When the multi-service customer site is created, an ingress and egress scheduler policy association does not exist. This does not prevent the site from being assigned to a chassis slot or prevent service SAP assignment. After the site has been created, the ingress and egress scheduler policy associations can be assigned or removed at any time.
If customer-site-name already exists for the customer ID, the CLI context changes to that site name for the purpose of editing the site scheduler policies or assignment. Any modifications to an existing site affect all SAPs associated with the site. Changing a scheduler policy association may cause new schedulers to be created and existing queues on the SAPs to no longer be orphaned. Existing schedulers on the site may cease to exist, causing queues that rely on that scheduler to be orphaned.
If the customer-site-name does not exist, it is assumed that an attempt is being made to create a site of that name in the customer ID context. The success of the command execution depends on the following.
The maximum number of customer sites defined for the chassis slot has not been met.
The customer-site-name is valid.
The create keyword is included in the command line syntax (if the system requires it).
When the maximum number of customer sites is exceeded, a configuration error occurs; the command does not execute and the CLI context does not change.
If the customer-site-name is invalid, a syntax error occurs; the command does not execute and the CLI context does not change.
Parameters
- customer-site-name
Specifies a unique customer site name within the context of the customer.
queue-override
Syntax
[no] queue-override
Context
config>service>epipe>sap>ingress
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress
config>service>ies>sap>ingress
config>service>vprn>sap>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command overrides values for the specified SAP egress or ingress QoS queue. These values override the corresponding ones specified in the associated SAP egress or ingress QoS policy.
queue
Syntax
[no] queue queue-id
Context
config>service>epipe>sap>ingress>queue-override
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override
config>service>ies>sap>ingress>queue-override
config>service>vprn>sap>ingress>queue-override
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the ID of the queue whose parameters are to be overridden.
Parameters
- queue-id
Specifies the queue ID whose parameters are to be overridden.
adaptation-rule
Syntax
adaptation-rule [pir adaptation-rule] [cir adaptation-rule]
no adaptation-rule
Context
config>service>epipe>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vprn>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command overrides specific attributes of the specified queue adaptation rule parameters. The adaptation rule controls the method used by the system to derive the operational CIR and PIR settings when the queue is provisioned in hardware. For the CIR and PIR parameters individually, the system attempts to find the best operational rate depending on the defined constraint.
The no form of this command removes any explicitly defined constraints used to derive the operational CIR and PIR created by the application of the policy. When a specific adaptation-rule is removed, the default constraints for rate and cir apply.
Default
no adaptation-rule
Parameters
- pir
Keyword that defines the constraints enforced when adapting the PIR rate defined using the queue queue-id rate command. The pir parameter requires a qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the operational PIR for the queue. When the rate command is not specified, the default applies.
- cir
Keyword that defines the constraints enforced when adapting the CIR rate defined using the queue queue-id rate command. The cir parameter requires a qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the operational CIR for the queue. When the cir parameter is not specified, the default constraint applies.
- adaptation-rule
Specifies the criteria to use to compute the operational CIR and PIR values for this queue, while maintaining a minimum offset.
port-parent
Syntax
port-parent [cir-level cir-level] [pir-level pir-weight]
Context
config>service>epipe>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vprn>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the queue parameters cir-level and pir-weight. The system creates and associates a port-scheduler with every access port on the system. Every queue within a SAP is associated with the port scheduler available on the port on which the SAP is created. The port scheduler uses these parameters to apportion the bandwidth to all the queues competing for the available bandwidth.
Queues with the cir-level value set to 8 are treated differently by the software than other queues configured with different cir-level values. The PIR rate values configured for the cir-level 8 queues are ignored. Only CIR rate value is used and the PIR is set to the CIR value. In addition, when executing the no form of the rate command for a queue configured at cir-level 8, the default CIR (and PIR) value is set to 1.
The no form of this command sets the cir-level and pir-weight to default values.
Default
port-parent cir-level 1 pir-weight 1
Parameters
- cir-level cir-level
Specifies the priority of the queue with respect to other queues. The priority of the queue is used only in the CIR loop. Level "8" is the highest priority and level "1" is the lowest priority.
In the PIR loop, the priority of the queues cannot be configured. The system assigns the priority to the queues based on the cir-level associated with the queue.
- pir-weight pir-weight
Specifies the relative weight of the queue with respect to the other queues. The weight parameter is used only in the PIR loop. If a queue level parameter is set to ‟8,” the weight parameter is ignored by the system.
queue-mgmt
Syntax
queue-mgmt name
Context
config>service>epipe>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vprn>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the WRED and buffer parameters associated with the queue.
All the queues in the system allocate buffers from the system pool.
Parameters
- name
Specifies the name of the queue-management policy.
rate
Syntax
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
no rate
Context
config>service>epipe>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vprn>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command overrides specific attributes of the specified queue PIR and CIR parameters. The PIR defines the maximum rate that the queue can transmit packets out an egress interface (for SAP egress queues). Defining a PIR does not necessarily guarantee that the queue can transmit at the intended rate. The actual rate sustained by the queue can be limited by oversubscription factors or available egress bandwidth.
The CIR defines the rate at which the system prioritizes the queue over other queues competing for the same bandwidth. In-profile packets are preferentially queued by the system at egress and at subsequent next-hop nodes where the packet can traverse. To be properly handled as in-profile or out-of-profile throughout the network, the packets must be marked accordingly for profiling at each hop.
The CIR can be used by the queue parent command cir-level and cir-weight parameters to define the amount of bandwidth considered to be committed for the child queue during bandwidth allocation by the parent scheduler.
The rate command can be executed at any time, altering the PIR and CIR rates for all queues created through the association of the SAP egress QoS policy with the queue-id.
The no form of this command reverts all queues created with the queue-id by association with the QoS policy to the default PIR and CIR parameters (max, 0).
Default
rate max cir 0
The max default specifies the amount of bandwidth in kilobits per second (thousand bits per second). The max value is mutually exclusive to the pir-rate value.
Parameters
- pir-rate
Specifies the administrative PIR rate, in kilobits, for the queue. When the rate command is executed, a valid PIR setting must be explicitly defined. When the rate command has not been executed, the default PIR of max is assumed. Fractional values are not allowed and must be entered as a positive integer.
The actual PIR rate is dependent on the queue adaptation-rule parameters and the actual hardware where the queue is provisioned.
- cir-rate
Specifies to override the default administrative CIR used by the queue. When the rate command is executed, a CIR setting is optional. When the rate command has not been executed or the cir parameter is not explicitly specified, the default CIR (0) is assumed.
Fractional values are not allowed and must be entered as a positive integer. The sum keyword specifies that the CIR be used as the summed CIR values of the children schedulers or queues.
scheduler-override
Syntax
[no] scheduler-override
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the set of attributes whose values have been overridden via management on this virtual scheduler. Clearing a specified flag reverts the corresponding overridden attribute to the value defined by the ingress scheduler policy on the SAP.
scheduler
Syntax
scheduler scheduler-name
no scheduler scheduler-name
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress>sched-override
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress>sched-override
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command overrides attributes of the specified scheduler name.
A scheduler defines a bandwidth control that limits each child (other schedulers and queues) associated with the scheduler. Scheduler objects are created within the hierarchical tiers of the policy. It is assumed that each scheduler created has queues or other schedulers defined as child associations. The scheduler can be a child (take bandwidth from a scheduler in a higher tier, except for schedulers created in tier 1). A total of 32 schedulers can be created within a single scheduler policy with no restriction on the distribution between the tiers.
Each scheduler must have a unique name within the context of the scheduler policy; however the same name can be reused in multiple scheduler policies. If scheduler-name already exists within the policy tier level (regardless of the inclusion of the create keyword), the context changes to that scheduler name for the purpose of editing the scheduler parameters. Modifications made to an existing scheduler are executed on all instantiated schedulers created through association with the policy of the edited scheduler. This can cause queues or schedulers to become orphaned (invalid parent association) and adversely affect the ability of the system to enforce service level agreements (SLAs).
If the scheduler-name exists within the policy on a different tier (regardless of the inclusion of the keyword create), an error occurs and the current CLI context does not change.
If the scheduler-name does not exist in this or another tier within the scheduler policy, it is assumed that an attempt is being made to create a scheduler of that name. The success of the command execution is dependent on the following.
The maximum number of schedulers has not been configured.
The provided scheduler-name is valid.
The create keyword is entered with the command if the system is configured to require it (enabled in the environment create command).
When the maximum number of schedulers has been exceeded on the policy, a configuration error occurs and the command does not execute nor does the CLI context change. If the provided scheduler-name is invalid, a name syntax error occur, the command does not execute, and the CLI context does not change.
Parameters
- scheduler-name
Specifies the name of the scheduler.
- create
Optional keyword that explicitly specifies that it is acceptable to create a scheduler with the specified scheduler-name. If the create keyword is omitted, scheduler-name is not created when the system environment variable create is set to true. This safeguard is intended to avoid accidental creation of system objects (such as schedulers) while attempting to edit an object with a mistyped name or ID. The keyword has no effect when the object already exists.
rate
Syntax
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
no rate
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress>sched-override>scheduler
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command overrides attributes of the specified scheduler rate. The rate command defines the maximum bandwidth that the scheduler can offer its child queues or schedulers. The maximum rate is limited to the amount of bandwidth the scheduler can receive from its parent scheduler. If the scheduler has no parent, the maximum rate is assumed to be the amount available to the scheduler. When a parent is associated with the scheduler, the CIR parameter provides the amount of bandwidth to be considered during the parent scheduler ‟within CIR” distribution phase.
The actual operating rate of the scheduler is limited by bandwidth constraints other than its maximum rate. The parent scheduler may not have the available bandwidth to meet the scheduler needs, or the bandwidth available to the parent scheduler could be allocated to other child schedulers or child queues on the parent based on higher priority. The children of the scheduler may not need the maximum rate available to the scheduler because of insufficient offered load or limits to their own maximum rates.
When a scheduler is defined without specifying a rate, the default rate is max. If the scheduler is a root scheduler (no parent defined), the default maximum rate must be changed to an explicit value. Without this explicit value, the scheduler assumes that an infinite amount of bandwidth is available and allows all child queues and schedulers to operate at their maximum rates.
The no form of this command reverts all queues created with this queue-id by association with the QoS policy to the default PIR and CIR parameters.
Parameters
- pir-rate
Specifies the multiplier used to determine the PIR rate at which the queue operates. A value of 0 to 100000000 or the keyword max or sum is accepted. Any other value results in an error without modifying the current PIR rate.
To calculate the actual PIR rate, the rate described by the queue rate is multiplied by the pir-rate.
The SAP ingress context for PIR is independent of the defined forwarding class (fc) for the queue. The default pir and definable range is identical for each class. The PIR in effect for a queue defines the maximum rate at which the queue is allowed to forward packets in a specified second, therefore shaping the queue output.
The PIR parameter for SAP ingress queues does not have a negation (no) function. To revert the queue PIR rate to the default value, that value must be specified as the PIR value.
- cir cir-rate
Specifies a step-multiplier value that specifies the multiplier used to determine the CIR rate at which the queue operates. A value of 0 to 250 or the max keyword is accepted. Any other value results in an error without modifying the current CIR rate.
To calculate the actual CIR rate, the rate described by the rate pir pir-rate is multiplied by the cir cir-rate. If the cir is set to max, the CIR rate is set to infinity.
The SAP ingress context for CIR is dependent on the defined forwarding class (fc) for the queue. The default CIR and definable range is different for each class. The CIR in effect for a queue defines both its profile (in or out) marking level as well as the relative importance compared to other queues for scheduling purposes during congestion periods.
Routed VPLS commands
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
config>service>ies>if>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context define the routed ip-filter-id optional filter overrides.
enable-table-classification
Syntax
[no] enable-table-classification
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vpls>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables and disables the use of IP DSCP table-based classification to assign FC and profile on a per-interface ingress basis.
The match-criteria configured in the service ingress policy, which require CAM resources, are ignored. Only meters from the service ingress policy are used (and the meters still require CAM resources). If an IP DSCP classification policy is configured in the VPLS SAP ingress policy, it is not used to assign FC and profile.
The no form of this command disables table-based classification. When disabled, the IP ingress packets within a VPLS service attached to the IP interface use the SAP ingress QoS policy applied to the virtual port used by the packets, when defined.
Default
no enable-table-classification
routed-override-qos-policy
Syntax
routed-override-qos-policy policy-id
no routed-override-qos-policy
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vpls>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies an IP DSCP classification policy that is applied to all ingress packets entering the VPLS service. The DSCP classification policy overrides existing SAP ingress QoS policies applied to SAPs for packets associated with the routing IP interface. The routed override QoS policy is optional and when it is not defined or it is removed, the IP routed packets use the existing SAP ingress QoS policy configured on the VPLS virtual port.
The no form of this command removes the IP DSCP classification policy from the ingress IP interface. When removed, the IP ingress routed packets within a VPLS service attached to the IP interface use the SAP ingress QoS policy applied to the virtual port used by the packets, when defined.
Default
no routed-override-qos-policy
Parameters
- policy-id
Specifies the ID for the routed override QoS policy. Allowed values are integers that correspond to a previously created IP DSCP classification policy in the configure>qos>dscp-classification context.
v4-routed-override-filter
Syntax
v4-routed-override-filter ip-filter-id
no v4-routed-override-filter
Context
config>service>ies>if>vpls>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies an IP filter ID that is applied to all ingress packets entering the VPLS service. The filter overrides the existing ingress IP filter applied to SAPs or SDP bindings for packets associated with the routing IP interface. The override filter is optional and if not defined or removed, the IP routed packets use the existing ingress IP filter on the VPLS virtual port.
The no form of this command is used to remove the IP routed override filter from the ingress IP interface. When removed, the IP ingress routed packets within a VPLS service attached to the IP interface use the IP ingress filter applied to the packets virtual port when defined.
Parameters
- ip-filter-id
Specifies the ID for the IP filter policy. Allowed values are integers that correspond to a previously created IP filter policy in the configure>filter>ip-filter context.
Interface VRRP commands
vrrp
Syntax
vrrp virtual-router-id [owner]
no vrrp virtual-router-id
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command creates or edits a Virtual Router ID (VRID) on the service IP interface. A VRID is internally represented in conjunction with the IP interface name. This allows the VRID to be used on multiple IP interfaces while representing different virtual router instances.
Two VRRP nodes can be defined on an IP interface. One, both, or none may be defined as owner. The nodal context of vrrp virtual-router-id is used to define the configuration parameters for the VRID.
The no form of this command removes the specified VRID from the IP interface. This terminates VRRP participation for the virtual router and deletes all references to the VRID. The VRID does not need to be shut down to remove the virtual router instance.
Parameters
- virtual-router-id
Specifies a new virtual router ID or one that can be modified on the IP interface.
- owner
Keyword that defines the virtual router instance as an owner.
authentication-key
Syntax
authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
no authentication-key
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command assigns a simple text password authentication key to generate master VRRP advertisement messages and validate received VRRP advertisement messages.
The authentication-key command is one of the few commands not affected by the presence of the owner keyword. If simple text password authentication is not required, this command is not required. If the command is re-executed with a different password key defined, the new key will be used immediately. If a no authentication-key command is executed, the password authentication key reverts to the default value. The authentication-key command may be executed at any time, altering the simple text password used when authentication-key password authentication method is used by the virtual router instance. The authentication-type password command does not need to be executed before defining the authentication-key command.
To change the current in-use password key on multiple virtual router instances:
identify the current master
shut down the virtual router instance on all backups
execute the authentication-key command on the master to change the password key
execute the authentication-key command and no shutdown command on each backup key
The no form of this command reverts to the default value of the key.
Parameters
- authentication-key
Specifies the simple text password used when VRRP Authentication Type 1 is enabled on the virtual router instance. Type 1 uses a string eight octets long that is inserted into all transmitted VRRP advertisement messages and compared against all received VRRP advertisement messages. The authentication data fields are used to transmit the key.
The authentication-key parameter is expressed as a string consisting of up to eight alpha-numeric characters. Spaces must be contained in quotation marks ( ‟ ” ). The quotation marks are not considered part of the string.
The string is case-sensitive and is left-justified in the VRRP advertisement message authentication data fields. The first field contains the first four characters with the first octet (starting with IETF RFC bit position 0) containing the first character. The second field holds the fifth through eighth characters. Any unspecified portion of the authentication data field is padded with the value 0 in the corresponding octet.
- hash-key
Specifies the hash key. The key can be any combination of ASCII characters up to 22 characters (encrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (‟ ”).
This is useful when a user must configure the parameter, but, for security purposes, the actual unencrypted key value is not provided.
- hash
Specifies the key is entered in an encrypted form. If the hash parameter is not used, the key is assumed to be in a non-encrypted, clear text form. For security, all keys are stored in encrypted form in the configuration file with the hash parameter specified.
- hash2
Specifies the key is entered in a more complex encrypted form. If the hash2 parameter is not used, the less encrypted hash form is assumed.
backup
Syntax
[no] backup ip-address
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures virtual router IP addresses for the interface.
init-delay
Syntax
init-delay seconds
no init-delay
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures a VRRP initialization delay timer.
Default
no init-delay
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the initialization delay timer for VRRP, in seconds.
mac
Syntax
[no] mac ieee-mac-address
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command assigns a specific MAC address to an IP interface.
By default, the physical MAC address associated with the Ethernet interface that the SAP is configured on is used.
The no form of this command reverts the MAC address of the IP interface to the default value.
Parameters
- ieee-mac-address
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.
master-int-inherit
Syntax
[no] master-int-inherit
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command allows the master instance to dictate the master down timer (non-owner context only).
Default
no master-int-inherit
message-interval
Syntax
message-interval {[seconds] [milliseconds milliseconds]}
no message-interval
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command sets the advertisement timer and indirectly sets the master down timer on the virtual router instance. The message-interval setting must be the same for all virtual routers participating as a virtual router. Any VRRP advertisement message received with an advertisement interval field different from the virtual router instance configured message-interval value is silently discarded.
The message-interval command is available in both non-owner and owner vrrp virtual-router-id nodal contexts. If the message-interval command is not executed, the default message interval of 1 second is used.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
1 s
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the number of seconds that transpires before the advertisement timer expires.
- milliseconds milliseconds
Specifies the milliseconds time interval between sending advertisement messages. This parameter is not supported on single-slot chassis.
ping-reply
Syntax
[no] ping-reply
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command allows the non-owner master to reply to ICMP echo requests directed at the virtual router instances IP addresses. The ping request can be received on any routed interface.
Ping must not have been disabled at the management security level (either on the parent IP interface or based on the ping source host address). When ping reply is not enabled, ICMP echo requests to non-owner master virtual IP addresses are silently discarded.
Non-owner backup virtual routers never respond to ICMP echo requests regardless of the setting of ping-reply configuration.
The ping-reply command is available only in the non-owner vrrp virtual-router-id context. If the ping-reply command is not executed, ICMP echo requests to the virtual router instance IP addresses are silently discarded.
The no form of this command reverts the default operation of discarding all ICMP echo request messages destined for the non-owner virtual router instance IP addresses.
Default
no ping-reply
policy
Syntax
policy vrrp-policy-id
no policy
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command associates a VRRP priority control policy with the virtual router instance (non-owner context only).
Parameters
- vrrp-policy-id
Specifies a VRRP priority control policy.
preempt
Syntax
preempt
no preempt
Context
config>service>vprn>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the ability to override an existing non-owner master with the virtual router instance. Enabling preempt mode is recommended for correct operation of the base-priority and vrrp-policy-id definitions on the virtual router instance. If the virtual router cannot preempt an existing non-owner master, the affect of the dynamic changing of the in-use priority is greatly diminished.
The preempt command is available only in the non-owner vrrp virtual-router-id context. The owner may not be preempted because the priority of non-owners can never be higher than the owner. The owner always preempts all other virtual routers when it is available.
Non-owner virtual router instances only preempt when preempt is set and the current master has an in-use message priority value less than the virtual router instance in-use priority.
A master non-owner virtual router only allows itself to be preempted when the incoming VRRP advertisement message priority field value is one of the following:
creater than the virtual router in-use priority value
equal to the in-use priority value, and the source IP address (primary IP address) is greater than the virtual router instance primary IP address
The no form of this command prevents a non-owner virtual router instance from preempting another, less desirable, virtual router.
Default
preempt
priority
Syntax
priority priority
no priority
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures a specific priority value for the virtual router instance. In conjunction with an optional policy command, the base priority is used to derive the in-use priority of the virtual router instance.
The policy command is available only in the non-owner vrrp virtual-router-id context. The priority of owner virtual router instances is permanently set to 255 and cannot be changed. For non-owner virtual router instances, if the priority command is not executed, the base priority is set to 100.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Parameters
- base-priority
Specifies the base priority used by the virtual router instance. If a VRRP priority control policy is not also defined, the base priority is the in-use priority for the virtual router instance.
ssh-reply
Syntax
[no] ssh-reply
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command allows the non-owner master to reply to SSH requests directed at the virtual router instance IP addresses. The SSH request can be received on any routed interface. SSH must not have been disabled at the management security level (either on the parental IP interface or based on the SSH source host address). Correct login and CLI command authentication is still enforced.
When the ssh-reply command is not enabled, SSH packets to non-owner master virtual IP addresses are silently discarded. Non-owner backup virtual routers never respond to SSH regardless of the ssh-reply configuration.
The ssh-reply command is available only in the non-owner vrrp virtual-router-id context. If the ssh-reply command is not executed, SSH packets to the virtual router instance IP addresses are silently discarded.
The no form of this command reverts to the default operation of discarding all SSH packets destined to the non-owner virtual router instance IP addresses.
Default
no ssh-reply
standby-forwarding
Syntax
[no] standby-forwarding
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command allows the forwarding of packets by a standby router.
The no form of this command specifies that a standby router should not forward traffic sent to the virtual router MAC address. The standby router should forward traffic sent to the real MAC address of the standby router.
Default
no standby-forwarding
telnet-reply
Syntax
[no] telnet-reply
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command allows the non-owner master to reply to TCP port 23 Telnet requests directed at the virtual router instance IP addresses. The Telnet request can be received on any routed interface. Telnet must not have been disabled at the management security level (either on the parental IP interface or based on the Telnet source host address). Correct login and CLI command authentication is still enforced.
When the telnet-reply command is not enabled, TCP port 23 Telnet packets to non-owner master virtual IP addresses are silently discarded.
Non-owner backup virtual routers never respond to Telnet requests regardless of the Telnet reply configuration.
The telnet-reply command is available only in the non-owner vrrp context. If the telnet-reply command is not executed, Telnet packets to the virtual router instance IP addresses are silently discarded.
The no form of this command reverts to the default operation of discarding all Telnet packets destined for the non-owner virtual router instance IP addresses.
Default
no telnet-reply
traceroute-reply
Syntax
[no] traceroute-reply
Context
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command allows a non-owner master to reply to traceroute requests directed to the virtual router instance IP addresses.
This command is valid only if the VRRP virtual router instance associated with this entry is a non-owner.
A non-owner backup virtual router never responds to traceroute requests regardless of the traceroute reply status.
Default
no traceroute-reply
Counter mode commands
statistics
Syntax
statistics
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context configure the counters associated with SAP ingress.
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>statistics
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context configure the ingress SAP statistics counter.
counter-mode
Syntax
counter-mode {in-out-profile-count | forward-drop-count}
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>statistics>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command sets the counter mode for the counters associated with SAP ingress meters or policers. A pair of counters is available with each meter. These counters count different events based on the counter mode value.
Execute the following sequence of commands on the specified SAP to ensure the correct statistics are collected when the counter mode is changed.
Execute the config service vprn interface sap no collect-stats command to disable writing of accounting records for the SAP.
Change the counter mode to the needed option by executing the config service vprn interface sap counter-mode {in-out-profile-count | forward-drop-count} command.
Execute the config service vprn interface sap collect-stats command to enable writing of accounting records for the SAP.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
in-out-profile-count
Parameters
- in-out-profile-count
Specifies that one counter counts the total in-profile packets and octets received on ingress of a SAP, and another counts the total out-of-profile packets and octets received on ingress of a SAP. A packet is determined to be in-profile or out-of-profile based on the meter rate parameters configured. A packet is dropped by the policer if it exceeds the configured PIR rate. Dropped counts are not maintained in hardware when this mode is used. It is obtained by subtracting the sum of in-profile count and out-of-profile count from the total SAP ingress received count and displayed.
- forward-drop-count
Specifies that one counter counts the forwarded packets and octets received on ingress of a SAP and another counts the dropped packets. The forwarded count is the sum of in-profile and out-of-profile packets and octets received on SAP ingress. The dropped count is count of packets and octets dropped by the policer. A packet is determined to be in-profile or out-of-profile based on the meter rate parameters configured. A packet is dropped by the policer if it exceeds the configured PIR rate. The in-profile count and out-of-profile count is not individually available when operating in this mode.
BGP commands
bgp
Syntax
[no] bgp
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables the BGP protocol on the VPRN service.
The no form of this command disables the BGP protocol on the VPRN service.
Default
no bgp
advertise-inactive
Syntax
[no] advertise-inactive
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the advertising of inactive BGP routers to other BGP peers.
By default, BGP only advertises BGP routes to other BGP peers if a specified BGP route is chosen by the route table manager as the most preferred route within the system and is active in the forwarding plane. This command allows system administrators to advertise a BGP route even though it is not the most preferred route within the system for a specified destination.
Default
no advertise-inactive
aggregator-id-zero
Syntax
[no] aggregator-id-zero
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command sets the router ID in the BGP aggregator path attribute to zero when BGP aggregates routes. This prevents different routers within an AS from creating aggregate routes that contain different AS paths.
When BGP is aggregating routes, it adds the aggregator path attribute to the BGP update messages. By default, BGP adds the ASN and router ID to the aggregator path attribute.
When this command is enabled, BGP adds the router ID to the aggregator path attribute. This command is used at the group level to revert to the value defined under the global level, and is used at the neighbor level to revert to the value defined under the group level.
The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to the default, where BGP adds the ASN and router ID to the aggregator path attribute.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
no aggregator-id-zero
always-compare-med
Syntax
always-compare-med {zero | infinity}
no always-compare-med
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures how the Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) path attribute is used in the BGP route selection process. The MED attribute is always used in the route selection process regardless of the peer AS that advertised the route. This parameter determines what MED value is inserted in the RIB-IN. If this parameter is not configured, only the MEDs of routes that have the same peer ASs are compared.
The no form of this command removes the parameter from the configuration.
Default
no always-compare-med
Parameters
- zero
Keyword to specify that for routes learned without a MED attribute that a zero (0) value is used in the MED comparison. The routes with the lowest metric are the most preferred.
- infinity
Keyword to specify that for routes learned without a MED attribute that a value of infinity (4294967295) is used in the MED comparison. This in effect makes these routes the least desirable.
as-path-ignore
Syntax
[no] as-path-ignore
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command determines whether the AS path is used to determine the best BGP route.
If this option is enabled, the AS paths of incoming routes are not used in the route selection process.
The no form of this command removes the parameter from the configuration.
Default
no as-path-ignore
as-override
Syntax
[no] as-override
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command replaces all instances of the peer AS number with the local ASN in a BGP route AS_PATH.
This command breaks the BGP loop detection mechanism. It should be used carefully.
Default
no as-override
authentication-key
Syntax
authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
no authentication-key
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the BGP authentication key.
Authentication is performed between neighboring routers before setting up the BGP session by verifying the password. Authentication is performed using the MD-5 message-based digest. The authentication key can be any combination of letters or numbers from 1 to 16.
The no form of this command removes the authentication password from the configuration and effectively disables authentication.
Parameters
- authentication-key
Specifies the authentication key. The key can be any combination of ASCII characters up to 255 characters (unencrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (‟ ”).
- hash-key
Specifies the hash key. The key can be any combination of ASCII characters up to 342 characters (encrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (‟ ”).
This is useful when a user must configure the parameter, but, for security purposes, the actual unencrypted key value is not provided.
- hash
Keyword to specify the key is entered in an encrypted form. If the hash parameter is not used, the key is assumed to be in a non-encrypted, clear text form. For security, all keys are stored in encrypted form in the configuration file with the hash parameter specified.
- hash2
Keyword to specify the key is entered in a more complex encrypted form. If the hash2 parameter is not used, the less encrypted hash form is assumed.
auth-keychain
Syntax
auth-keychain name
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the BGP authentication key for all peers.
The keychain allows the rollover of authentication keys during the lifetime of a session.
Default
no auth-keychain
Parameters
- name
Specifies the name of an existing keychain, up to 32 characters, to use for the specified TCP session or sessions.
connect-retry
Syntax
connect-retry seconds
no connect-retry
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the BGP connect retry timer value.
When this timer expires, BGP tries to reconnect to the configured peer. This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), peer-group level (applies to all peers in group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to the default value.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
120 seconds
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the BGP connect retry timer value, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
damping
Syntax
[no] damping
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables BGP route damping for learned routes that are defined within the route policy. Use damping to reduce the number of update messages sent between BGP peers and reduce the load on peers without affecting the route convergence time for stable routes. Damping parameters are set via route policy definition.
The no form of this command used at the global level disables route damping.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
When damping is enabled and the route policy does not specify a damping profile, the default damping profile is used. This profile is always present and consists of the following parameters:
Half-life: |
15 minutes |
Max-suppress: |
60 minutes |
Suppress-threshold: |
3000 |
Reuse-threshold: |
750 |
Default
no damping
disable-4byte-asn
Syntax
[no] disable-4byte-asn
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command disables the use of 4-byte ASNs. It can be configured at all 3 level of the hierarchy, so it can be specified down to the per-peer basis.
If this command is enabled 4-byte ASN support should not be negotiated with the associated remote peers.
The no form of this command reverts to the default behavior, which is to enable the use of 4-byte ASN.
disable-capability-negotiation
Syntax
[no] disable-capability-negotiation
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command disables the exchange of capabilities. When this command is enabled and after the peering is flapped, any new capabilities are not negotiated and strictly support IPv4 routing exchanges with that peer.
The no form of this command removes this command from the configuration and restores the normal behavior.
Default
no disable-capability-negotiation
disable-capability-negotiation
Syntax
[no] disable-capability-negotiation
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command disables the exchange of capabilities. When this command is enabled and after the peering is flapped, any new capabilities are not negotiated and strictly support IPv4 routing exchanges with that peer.
The no form of this command removes this command from the configuration and restores the normal behavior.
Default
no disable-capability-negotiation
disable-communities
Syntax
disable-communities [standard] [extended]
no disable-communities
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures BGP to disable sending communities.
Parameters
- standard
Keyword to specify standard communities that existed before VPRNs or 2547.
- extended
Keyword to specify BGP communities used were expanded after the concept of 2547 was introduced, to include handling the VRF target.
disable-fast-external-failover
Syntax
[no] disable-fast-external-failover
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures BGP fast external failover.
enable-peer-tracking
Syntax
[no] enable-peer-tracking
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables BGP peer tracking.
Default
no enable-peer-tracking
export
Syntax
export policy [policy...]
no export
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the export policies to control routes advertised to BGP neighbors.
When multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. A maximum of five (5) policy names can be configured. The first policy that matches is applied.
If a non-existent route policy is applied to a VPRN instance, the CLI generates a warning message. This message is only generated at an interactive CLI session and the route policy association is made. No warning message is generated when a non-existent route policy is applied to a VPRN instance in a configuration file or when SNMP is used.
The no form of this command removes all route policy names from the export list.
Default
no export
Parameters
- policy
Specifies the route policy statement name.
family
Syntax
family [ipv4] [ipv6]
no family
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the IP family capability.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no family
Parameters
- ipv4
Keyword that provisions IPv4 support.
- ipv6
Keyword that provisions IPv6 support.
group
Syntax
group name [dynamic-peer]
no group
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures a BGP peer group.
The no form of this command deletes the specified peer group and all configurations associated with the peer group. The group must be shut down before it can be deleted.
Parameters
- name
Specifies the peer group name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
- dynamic-peer
Keyword to specify that the BGP group is used by BGP peers created dynamically based on subscriber-hosts pointing to corresponding BGP peering policy. There can be only one BGP group with this keyword set in any specified VPRN. No BGP neighbors can be manually configured in a BGP group with this keyword set.
neighbor
Syntax
[no] neighbor ip-address
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command creates a BGP peer/neighbor instance within the context of the BGP group.
This command can be issued repeatedly to create multiple peers and their associated configuration.
The no form of this command is used to remove the specified neighbor and the entire configuration associated with the neighbor. The neighbor must be administratively shut down before attempting to delete it. If the neighbor is not shut down, the command does not result in any action except a warning message on the console indicating that neighbor is still administratively up.
Parameters
- ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the BGP peer router in dotted-decimal notation.
family
Syntax
family [ipv4] [ipv6]
no family
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the address family or families to be supported over BGP peerings in the base router. This command is additive so issuing the family command adds the specified address family to the list.
The no form of this command removes the specified address family from the associated BGP peerings. If an address family is not specified, the supported address family reverts back to the default.
Default
ipv4
Parameters
- ipv4
Keyword to provision support for IPv4 routing information.
- ipv6
Keyword to provision support for IPv6 routing information.
hold-time
Syntax
hold-time seconds [strict]
no hold-time
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the BGP hold time, expressed in seconds.
The BGP hold time specifies the maximum time BGP waits between successive messages (either keepalive or update) from its peer, before closing the connection. This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The strict option ensures that the negotiated hold time value is not set to a value less than the configured value.
Even though the 7210 SAS implementation allows setting the time separately, the configured keepalive timer is overridden by the hold-time value under the following circumstances.
If the specified hold-time value is less than the configured keepalive time, the operational keepalive time is set to a third of the hold-time; the configured keepalive time is not changed.
If the hold-time is set to zero, the operational value of the keepalive time is set to zero; the configured keepalive time is not changed. This means that the connection with the peer is up permanently, and no keepalive packets are sent to the peer.
The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to the default value.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
90 seconds
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the hold-time, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. A value of 0 indicates the connection to the peer is permanently up.
- strict
Keyword to specifies that the advertised BGP hold-time from the far-end BGP peer must be greater than or equal to the specified value.
import
Syntax
import policy [policy...]
no import
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the import policies to be used to control routes advertised to BGP neighbors. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context. When multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. A maximum of five (5) policy names can be specified. The first policy that matches is applied.
The no form of this command removes all route policy names from the import list.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy
Specifies a route policy statement name.
keepalive
Syntax
keepalive seconds
no keepalive
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the BGP keepalive timer. A keepalive message is sent every time this timer expires.
This command can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The keepalive value is generally one-third of the interval. Even though the 7210 SAS implementation allows the keepalivevalue and the hold-time interval to be independently set, under the following circumstances, the configured keepalive value is overridden by the hold-time value.
If the specified keepalive value is greater than the configured hold-time, the specified value is ignored, and the keepalive is set to one third of the current hold-time value.
If the specified hold-time interval is less than the configured keepalive value, the keepalive value is reset to one-third of the specified hold-time interval.
If the hold-time interval is set to zero, the configured value of the keepalive value is ignored. This means that the connection with the peer is up permanently and no keepalive packets are sent to the peer.
The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to the default value.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
30 seconds
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the keepalive timer in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
local-address
Syntax
local-address ip-address
no local-address
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the local IP address used by the group or neighbor when communicating with BGP peers.
Outgoing connections use the local-address as the source of the TCP connection when initiating connections with a peer.
When a local address is not specified, the 7210 SAS uses the system IP address when communicating with iBGP peers and uses the interface address for directly connected eBGP peers. This command is used at the neighbor level to revert to the value defined under the group level.
The router ID is used when communicating with iBGP peers and the interface address is used for directly connected eBGP peers.
The no form of this command removes the configured local-address for BGP.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
no local-address
Parameters
- ip-address
Specifies the local address, expressed in dotted-decimal notation. Allowed values are a valid routable IP address on the router, either an interface or system IP address.
local-as
Syntax
local-as as-number [private]
no local-as
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures a BGP virtual autonomous system (AS) number.
In addition to the AS number configured for BGP in the config>router>autonomous-system context, a virtual (local) AS number is configured.The virtual AS number is added to the as-path message before the router AS number makes the virtual AS the second AS in the as-path.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). Therefore, by specifying this at each neighbor level, it is possible to have a separate AS number per eBGP session.
When a command is entered multiple times for the same AS, the last command entered is used in the configuration. The private keyword can be added or removed dynamically by reissuing the command.
Changing the local AS at the global level in an active BGP instance causes the BGP instance to restart with the new local AS number. Changing the local AS at the global level in an active BGP instance causes BGP to reestablish the peer relationships with all peers in the group with the new local AS number. Changing the local AS at the neighbor level in an active BGP instance causes BGP to reestablish the peer relationship with the new local AS number.
This is an optional command and can be used in the following example.
Example: Provider router P is moved from AS1 to AS2. The customer router that is connected to P, however, is configured to belong to AS1. To avoid reconfiguring the customer router, the local-as value on router P can be set to AS1. Therefore, router P adds AS1 to the as-path message for routes it advertises to the customer router.
The no form of this command used at the global level will remove any virtual AS number configured.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
no local-as
Parameters
- as-number
Specifies the virtual AS number, expressed as a decimal integer.
- private
Specifies that the local AS is hidden in paths learned from the peering.
local-preference
Syntax
local-preference local-preference
no local-preference
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the default value of the BGP local preference attribute if it is not already specified in incoming routes. This value is used if the BGP route arrives from a BGP peer without the local-preference integer set.
The specified value can be overridden by any value set via a route policy. This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The no form of this command at the global level specifies that incoming routes with local preference set are not overridden, and routes arriving without local preference set are interpreted as if the route had a local preference value of 100.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
no local-preference
Parameters
- local-preference
Specifies the local preference value to be used as the override value, expressed as a decimal integer.
loop-detect
Syntax
loop-detect {drop-peer | discard-route | ignore-loop | off}
no loop-detect
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures how the BGP peer session handles loop detection in the AS path.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
Dynamic configuration changes of loop-detect are not recognized.
The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to default, which is loop-detect ignore-loop.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
loop-detect ignore-loop
Parameters
- drop-peer
Keyword that specifies to send a notification to the remote peer and drops the session.
- discard-route
Keyword that specifies to discard routes received with loops in the AS path.
- ignore-loop
Keyword that specifies to ignore routes with loops in the AS path but maintain peering.
- off
Keyword that disables loop detection.
med-out
Syntax
med-out [number | igp-cost]
no med-out
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures advertising the Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) and assigns the value used for the path attribute for the MED advertised to BGP peers if the MED is not already set.
The specified value can be overridden by any value set via a route policy.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to default where the MED is not advertised.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
no med-out
Parameters
- number
Specifies the MED path attribute value, expressed as a decimal integer.
- igp-cost
Keyword to specify that the MED is set to the IGP cost of the specified IP prefix.
min-as-origination
Syntax
min-as-origination seconds
no min-as-origination
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the minimum interval, in seconds, at which a path attribute, originated by the local router, can be advertised to a peer.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to default.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
15 seconds
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the minimum path attribute advertising interval in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
min-route-advertisement
Syntax
min-route-advertisement seconds
no min-route-advertisement
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the minimum interval, in seconds, at which a prefix can be advertised to a peer.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
30 seconds
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the minimum route advertising interval, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
multihop
Syntax
multihop ttl-value
no multihop
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the time to live (TTL) value entered in the IP header of packets sent to an eBGP peer that is multiple hops away.
This parameter is meaningful only when configuring eBGP peers. It is ignored if set for an iBGP peer.
The no form of this command is used to convey to the BGP instance that the eBGP peers are directly connected.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
1 — eBGP peers are directly connected.
64 — iBGP
Parameters
- ttl-value
Specifies the TTL value, expressed as a decimal integer.
next-hop-self
Syntax
[no] next-hop-self
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the group or neighbor to always set the next-hop path attribute to its own physical interface when advertising to a peer.
This command is primarily used to avoid third-party route advertisements when connected to a multi-access network.
The no form of this command used at the group level allows third-party route advertisements in a multi-access network.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
no next-hop-self
peer-as
Syntax
peer-as as-number
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the AS number for the remote peer. The peer AS number must be configured for each configured peer.
For eBGP peers, the peer AS number configured must be different from the autonomous system number configured for this router under the global level, because the peer is in a different autonomous system than that of this router
For iBGP peers, the peer AS number must be the same as the AS number of this router configured under the global level.
This is a required command for each configured peer. This may be configured under the group level for all neighbors in a specific group.
Parameters
- as-number
Specified the autonomous system number, expressed as a decimal integer.
preference
Syntax
[no] preference preference
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the route preference for routes learned from the configured peers.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.
The lower the preference, the higher the chance of the route being the active route. The 7210 SAS assigns the highest default preference to BGP routes, as compared to routes that are direct, static, or learned via MPLS or OSPF.
The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to default value.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
170
Parameters
- preference
Specifies the route preference, expressed as a decimal integer.
path-mtu-discovery
Syntax
[no] path-mtu-discovery
Context
config>router>bgp
config>router>bgp>group
config>router>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures path MTU discovery for the associated TCP connections.
The MTU for the associated TCP session is initially set to the egress interface MTU. The DF bit is also set so that if a router along the path of the TCP connection cannot handle a packet of a particular size without fragmenting, the router sends back an ICMP message to set the path MTU for the specified session to a lower value that can be forwarded without fragmenting.
The no form of this command disables path MTU discovery.
Default
no path-mtu-discovery
prefix-limit
Syntax
prefix-limit limit [log-only] [threshold percent]
no prefix-limit
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the maximum number of routes BGP can learn from a peer.
When the number of routes reaches the specified percentage (the default is 90% of this limit), an SNMP trap is sent. When the limit is exceeded, BGP peering is dropped and disabled.
The no form of this command removes the prefix-limit.
Default
no prefix-limit
Parameters
- limit
Specifies the number of routes that can be learned from a peer, expressed as a decimal integer.
- log-only
Keyword that enables the warning message to be sent at the specified threshold percentage and also when the limit is exceeded; however, the BGP peering is not dropped.
- threshold percent
Specifies the threshold value (as a percentage) that triggers a warning message to be sent.
rapid-withdrawal
Syntax
[no] rapid-withdrawal
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command disables the delay (Minimum Route Advertisement) on sending BGP withdrawals. Normal route withdrawals may be delayed up to the minimum route advertisement to allow for efficient packing of BGP updates.
The no form of this command removes this command from the configuration and reverts withdrawal processing to the default behavior.
Default
no rapid-withdrawal
remove-private
Syntax
[no] remove-private
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command allows private AS numbers to be removed from the AS path before advertising them to BGP peers.
When the remove-private parameter is set at the global level, it applies to all peers regardless of group or neighbor configuration. When the parameter is set at the group level, it applies to all peers in the group regardless of the neighbor configuration.
The 7210 SAS recognizes the set of AS numbers that are defined by IANA as private. These are AS numbers in the range 64512 through 65535, inclusive.
The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to the default value.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
no remove-private
type
Syntax
[no] type {internal | external}
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the BGP peer as an internal or external type.
The internal type indicates the peer is an iBGP peer; the external type indicates that the peer is an eBGP peer.
By default, the 7210 SAS derives the type of neighbor based on the local AS specified. If the local AS specified is the same as the AS of the router, the peer is considered internal. If the local AS is different, the peer is considered external.
The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the default value.
The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.
Default
no type
Parameters
- internal
Keyword that configures the peer as internal.
- external
Keyword that configures the peer as external.
ttl-security
Syntax
ttl-security min-ttl-value
no ttl-security
Context
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures TTL security parameters for incoming packets.
The no form of this command disables TTL security.
Parameters
- min-ttl-value
Specifies the minimum TTL value for an incoming BGP packet.
OSPF commands
ospf
Syntax
[no] ospf
Context
config>service>vprn
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context configure OSPF parameters for VPRN.
When an OSPF instance is created, the protocol is enabled. To start or suspend execution of the OSPF protocol without affecting the configuration, use the no shutdown command.
The no form of this command deletes the OSPF protocol instance and removes all associated configuration parameters.
Default
no ospf
area
Syntax
[no] area area-id
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures an OSPF area. An area is a collection of network segments within an AS that have been administratively grouped together. The area ID can be specified in dotted-decimal notation or as a 32-bit decimal integer.
The no form of this command deletes the specified area from the configuration. Deleting the area also removes the OSPF configuration of all the interfaces, virtual-links, sham-links, address-ranges, and so on, that are currently assigned to this area.
Default
no area
Parameters
- area-id
Specifies the OSPF area ID expressed in dotted-decimal notation or as a 32-bit decimal integer.
area-range
Syntax
area-range ip-prefix/prefix-length [advertise | not-advertise]
no area-range ip-prefix/mask
no area-range ip-prefix/mask
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
ospf>service>vprn>nssa
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command creates ranges of addresses on an Area Border Router (ABR) for the purpose of route summarization or suppression. When created, a range is configured to be advertised or not advertised into other areas. Multiple range commands may be used to summarize or hide different ranges. In the case of overlapping ranges, the most specific range command applies.
ABRs send summary link advertisements to describe routes to other areas. To minimize the number of advertisements that are flooded, you can summarize a range of IP addresses and send reachability information about these addresses in an LSA.
The no form of this command deletes the range advertisement or non-advertisement.
Default
no area-range
Special Cases
- NSSA Context
In the NSSA context, the option specifies that the range applies to external routes (via type-7 LSAs) learned within the NSSA when the routes are advertised to other areas as type-5 LSAs.
- Area Context
If this command is not entered under the NSSA context, the range applies to summary LSAs even if the area is an NSSA.
Parameters
- ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
Specifies the IP prefix in dotted-decimal notation for the range used by the ABR to advertise the area into another area.
- mask
Specifies the subnet mask for the range expressed as a decimal integer mask length or in dotted-decimal notation.
- advertise | not-advertise
Keywords that specify whether to advertise the summarized range of addresses to other areas.
blackhole-aggregate
Syntax
[no] blackhole-aggregate
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command installs a low priority blackhole route for the entire aggregate. Existing routes that make up the aggregate have a higher priority and only the components of the range for which no route exists are blackholed.
When performing area aggregation, addresses may be included in the range for which no actual route exists. This can cause routing loops. To avoid this problem, configure the blackhole aggregate option.
The no form of this command removes this option.
Default
blackhole-aggregate
interface
Syntax
[no] interface ip-int-name [secondary]
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures an OSPF interface.
By default, interfaces are not activated in any interior gateway protocol, such as OSPF, unless explicitly configured.
The no form of this command deletes the OSPF interface configuration for this interface. The shutdown command in the config>router>ospf>interface context can be used to disable an interface without removing the configuration for the interface.
Default
no interface
Parameters
- ip-int-name
Specifies the IP interface name. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service vprn interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured, an error message is returned.
If the IP interface exists in a different area, it is moved to this area.
- secondary
Keyword that allows multiple secondary adjacencies to be established over a single IP interface.
sham-link
Syntax
sham-link ip-int-name ip-address
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command is similar to a virtual link with the exception that metric must be included to distinguish the cost between the MPLS-VPRN link and the backdoor.
Parameters
- ip-int-name
Specifies the local interface name used for the sham-link. This is a mandatory parameter and interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface, config service ies interface, and config service vprn interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters, the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured, an error message will be returned.
- ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the sham-link neighbor in IP address dotted-decimal notation. This parameter is the remote peer of the sham-link IP address used to set up the sham link. This is a mandatory parameter and must be a valid IP address.
advertise-subnet
Syntax
[no] advertise-subnet
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables advertising point-to-point interfaces as subnet routes (network number and mask). When disabled, point-to-point interfaces are advertised as host routes.
The no form of this command disables advertising point-to-point interfaces as subnet routes, meaning they are advertised as host routes.
Default
advertise-subnet
authentication-key
Syntax
authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
no authentication-key
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the password used by the OSPF interface or virtual-link to send and receive OSPF protocol packets on the interface when simple password authentication is configured.
All neighboring routers must use the same type of authentication and password for correct protocol communication. If the authentication-type is configured as password, this key must be configured.
By default, no authentication key is configured.
The no form of this command removes the authentication key.
Default
no authentication-key
Parameters
- authentication-key
Specifies the authentication key. The key can be any combination of ASCII characters up to 8 characters (unencrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (‟ ”).
- hash-key
Specifies the hash key. The key can be any combination of ASCII characters up to 22 characters (encrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (‟ ”).
This is useful when a user must configure the parameter, but, for security purposes, the actual unencrypted key value is not provided.
- hash
Keyword that specifies the key is entered in an encrypted form. If the hash parameter is not used, the key is assumed to be in a non-encrypted, clear text form. For security, all keys are stored in encrypted form in the configuration file with the hash parameter specified.
- hash2
Keyword that specifies the key is entered in a more complex encrypted form. If the hash2 parameter is not used, the less encrypted hash form is assumed.
authentication-type
Syntax
authentication-type {password | message-digest}
no authentication-type
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables authentication and specifies the type of authentication to be used on the OSPF interface, virtual-link, and sham-link.
Both simple password and message-digest authentication are supported.
By default, authentication is not enabled on an interface.
The no form of this command disables authentication on the interface.
Default
no authentication
Parameters
- password
Keyword that enables simple password (plain text) authentication. If authentication is enabled and no authentication type is specified in the command, simple password authentication is enabled.
- message-digest
Keyword that enables message digest MD5 authentication in accordance with RFC1321. If this option is configured, at least one message-digest-key must be configured.
bfd-enable
Syntax
bfd-enable [remain-down-on-failure]
no bfd-enable
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables the use of bidirectional forwarding (BFD) to control the state of the associated protocol interface. By enabling BFD on a specific protocol interface, the state of the protocol interface is tied to the state of the BFD session between the local node and the remote node. The parameters used for the BFD are set using the BFD command under the IP interface.
BFD is not supported for IPv6 interfaces.
See the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Router Configuration Guide for more information about the protocols and platforms that support BFD.
The no form of this command removes BFD from the associated IGP protocol adjacency.
Default
no bfd-enable
Parameters
- remain-down-on-failure
Keyword that forces adjacency down on BFD failure.
dead-interval
Syntax
dead-interval seconds
no dead-interval
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the time, in seconds, that OSPF waits before declaring a neighbor router down. If no hello packets are received from a neighbor for the duration of the dead interval, the router is assumed to be down. The minimum interval must be two times the hello interval.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
40
Special Cases
- OSPF Interface
If the dead-interval configured applies to an interface, all nodes on the subnet must have the same dead interval.
- Virtual Like
If the dead-interval configured applies to a virtual link, the interval on both termination points of the virtual link must have the same dead interval.
- Sham-link
If the dead-interval configured applies to a sham-link, the interval on both endpoints of the sham-link must have the same dead interval.
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the dead interval in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
hello-interval
Syntax
hello-interval seconds
no hello-interval
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the interval between OSPF hellos issued on the interface, virtual link, or sham-link.
The hello-interval, in combination with the dead-interval, is used to establish and maintain the adjacency. Use this parameter to edit the frequency that hello packets are sent.
Reducing the interval, in combination with a corresponding reduction in the associated dead-interval, allows for faster detection of link or router failures at the cost of higher processing costs.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
hello-interval 10
Special Cases
- OSPF Interface
If the hello-interval configured applies to an interface, all nodes on the subnet must have the same hello interval.
- Virtual Link
If the hello-interval configured applies to a virtual link, the interval on both termination points of the virtual link must have the same hello interval.
- Sham Link
If the hello-interval configured applies to a sham-link, the interval on both endpoints of the sham-link must have the same hello interval
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the hello interval in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
interface-type
Syntax
interface-type {broadcast | point-to-point}
no interface-type
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the interface type to be either broadcast or point-to-point.
Use this command to set the interface type of an Ethernet link to point-to-point to avoid having to carry the broadcast adjacency maintenance overhead if the Ethernet link, provided the link is used as a point-to-point link.
If the interface type is not known at the time the interface is added to OSPF, and the subsequent IP interface is bound (or moved) to a different interface type, this command must be entered manually.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
point-to-point — If the physical interface is SONET.
broadcast — If the physical interface is Ethernet or unknown.
Special Cases
- Virtual-Link
A virtual link is always regarded as a point-to-point interface and is not configurable.
Parameters
- broadcast
Keyword that configures the interface to maintain this link as a broadcast network. To significantly improve adjacency forming and network convergence, a network should be configured as point-to-point if only two routers are connected, even if the network is a broadcast media such as Ethernet.
- point-to-point
Keyword that configures the interface to maintain this link as a point-to-point link.
message-digest-key
Syntax
message-digest-key keyid md5 [key | hash-key] [hash]
no message-digest-key keyid
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures a message digest key when MD5 authentication is enabled on the interface, virtual-link, or sham-link. Multiple message digest keys can be configured. By default, no message digest keys are defined.
The no form of this command removes the message digest key identified by the key-id.
Parameters
- keyid
Specifies the key ID, expressed as a decimal integer.
- md5 key
Specifies the MD5 key. The key can be any alphanumeric string up to 16 characters.
- md5 hash-key
Specifies the MD5 hash key. The key can be any combination of ASCII characters up to 32 characters (encrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (‟ ”).
This is useful when a user must configure the parameter, but, for security purposes, the actual unencrypted key value is not provided.
- hash
Keyword to specify that the key is entered in an encrypted form. If the hash parameter is not used, the key is assumed to be in a non-encrypted, clear text form. For security, all keys are stored in encrypted form in the configuration file, with the hash parameter specified.
metric
Syntax
metric metric
no metric
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures an explicit route cost metric for the OSPF interface that overrides the metrics calculated based on the speed of the underlying link.
The no form of this command deletes the manually configured interface metric, so the interface uses the computed metric based on the reference-bandwidth command setting and the speed of the underlying link.
Default
no metric
Parameters
- metric
Specifies the metric to be applied to the interface, expressed as a decimal integer.
mtu
Syntax
mtu bytes
no mtu
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the OSPF packet size used on the interface.
If this command is not configured, OSPF derives the MTU value from the MTU configured (default or explicitly) in the config>port>ethernet context.
If this parameter is configured, the smaller value between the value configured here and the MTU configured (default or explicitly) in a previously mentioned context is used.
To determine the actual packet size, add 14 bytes for an Ethernet packet and 18 bytes for a tagged Ethernet packet to the size of the OSPF (IP) packet MTU configured using this command.
The no form of this command reverts to default value.
Default
no mtu
Parameters
- bytes
Specifies the MTU to be used by OSPF for this logical interface in bytes.
passive
Syntax
[no] passive
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command adds the passive property to an OSPF interface.
By default, only interface addresses that are configured for OSPF are advertised as OSPF interfaces. The passive command allows an interface to be advertised as an OSPF interface without running the OSPF protocol.
While in passive mode, the interface ignores ingress OSPF protocol packets and does not transmit any OSPF protocol packets.
Service interfaces defined in the config>router>service-prefix context are passive. All other interfaces are not passive.
The no form of this command removes the passive property from the OSPF interface.
priority
Syntax
priority number
no priority
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the priority of the OSPF interface that is used in an election of the designated router on the subnet.
This command is used only when the interface is of type broadcast. The router with the highest priority interface becomes the designated router. A router with priority 0 is not eligible to be a designated router or backup designated router.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
priority 1
Parameters
- number
Specifies the interface priority expressed as a decimal integer. A value of 0 indicates the router is not eligible to be the designated router or backup designated router on the interface subnet.
retransmit-interval
Syntax
retransmit-interval seconds
no retransmit-interval
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the length of time, in seconds, that OSPF waits before retransmitting an unacknowledged Link State Advertisement (LSA) to an OSPF neighbor.
The value should be longer than the expected round trip delay between any two routers on the attached network. When the retransmit interval expires and no acknowledgment has been received, the LSA isretransmitted.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
retransmit-interval 5
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the retransmit interval in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
transit-delay
Syntax
transit-delay seconds
no transit-delay
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the estimated time, in seconds, that it takes to transmit an LSA on the interface, virtual link, or sham-link.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
transit-delay 1
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the transit delay in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
nssa
Syntax
[no] nssa
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures an OSPF Not So Stubby Area (NSSA) and adds or removes the NSSA designation from the area.
NSSAs are similar to stub areas in that no external routes are imported into the area from other OSPF areas. The major difference between a stub area and an NSSA is an NSSA has the capability to flood external routes that it learns throughout its area and via an ABR to the entire OSPF domain.
Existing virtual links of a non-stub or NSSA area are removed when the designation is changed to NSSA or stub.
An area can be designated as stub or NSSA but never both at the same time.
By default, an area is not configured as an NSSA area.
The no form of this command removes the NSSA designation and configuration context from the area.
Default
no nssa
originate-default-route
Syntax
originate-default-route [type-7]
no originate-default-route
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>nssa
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables the generation of a default route and its LSA type (3 or 7) into an NSSA by an NSSA Area Border Router (ABR).
When configuring an NSSA with no summaries, the ABR injects a type-3 LSA default route into the NSSA area. Some older implementations expect a type-7 LSA default route.
The no form of this command disables origination of a default route.
Default
no originate-default-route
Parameters
- type-7
Keyword that specifies a type-7 LSA should be used for the default route.
Configure this parameter to inject a type-7 LSA default route instead of the type-3 LSA into the NSSA configured with no summaries. To revert to a type-3 LSA, enter originate-default-route without the type-7 parameter.
redistribute-external
Syntax
[no] redistribute-external
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>nssa
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables the redistribution of external routes into the NSSA or an NSSA ABR that is exporting the routes into non-NSSA areas.
NSSAs are similar to stub areas in that no external routes are imported into the area from other OSPF areas. The major difference between a stub area and an NSSA is that the NSSA has the capability to flood external routes that it learns (providing it is an ASBR) throughout its area and via an ABR to the entire OSPF domain.
The no form of this command disables the default behavior to automatically redistribute external routes into the NSSA area from the NSSA ABR.
Default
redistribute-external
summaries
Syntax
[no] summaries
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>nssa
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>stub
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables sending summary (type-3) advertisements into a stub area or NSSA on an ABR.
This command is particularly useful to reduce the size of the routing and Link State Database (LSDB) tables within the stub or nssa area. By default, summary route advertisements are sent into the stub area or NSSA.
The no form of this command disables sending summary route advertisements and, for stub areas, only the default route is advertised by the ABR.
Default
summaries
stub
Syntax
[no] stub
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures an OSPF stub area and adds or removes the stub designation from the area.
External routing information is not flooded into stub areas. All routers in the stub area must be configured with the stub command. An OSPF area cannot be both an NSSA and a stub area. Existing virtual links of a non-stub area or NSSA are removed when its designation is changed to NSSA or stub.
By default, an area is not a stub area.
The no form of this command removes the stub designation and configuration context from the area.
Default
no stub
default-metric
Syntax
default-metric metric
no default-metric
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>stub
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the metric used by the ABR for the default route into a stub area.
The default metric should be configured only on an ABR of a stub area. An ABR generates a default route if the area is a stub area.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
default-metric 1
Parameters
- metric
Specifies the metric, expressed as a decimal integer, for the default route cost to be advertised into the stub area.
virtual-link
Syntax
[no] virtual-link router-id transit-area area-id
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures a virtual link to connect ABRs to the backbone.
The backbone area (area 0.0.0.0) must be contiguous and all other areas must be connected to the backbone area. If it is not practical to connect an area to the backbone (see area 0.0.0.2 in OSPF areas), the area border routers (routers 1 and 2 in OSPF areas) must be connected via a virtual link. The two area border routers form a point-to-point like adjacency across the transit area (area 0.0.0.1 in OSPF areas). A virtual link can be configured only while in the area 0.0.0.0 context.
The OSPF backbone area, area 0.0.0.0, must be contiguous and all other areas must be connected to the backbone area. The backbone distributes routing information between areas. If it is not practical to connect an area to the backbone (see area 0.0.0.5 in the following figure), the area border routers (such as routers Y and Z) must be connected via a virtual link. The two area border routers form a point-to-point-like adjacency across the transit area (see area 0.0.0.4).
The router-id specified in this command must be associated with the virtual neighbor. The transit area cannot be a stub area or an NSSA.
The no form of this command deletes the virtual link.
Parameters
- router-id
Specifies the router ID of the virtual neighbor, in IP address dotted-decimal notation.
- transit-area area-id
Specifies the area ID for the transit area that links the backbone area with the area that has no physical connection with the backbone.
compatible-rfc1583
Syntax
[no] compatible-rfc1583
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables OSPF summary and external route calculations in compliance with RFC1583 and earlier RFCs.
RFC1583 and earlier RFCs use a different method to calculate summary and external route costs. To avoid routing loops, all routers in an OSPF domain should perform the same calculation method.
Although it would be favorable to require all routers to run a more current compliance level, this command allows the router to use obsolete methods of calculation.
The no form of this command enables the post-RFC1583 method of summary and external route calculation.
Default
compatible-rfc1583
export
Syntax
export policy-name [policy-name…]
no export
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command associates export route policies to determine which routes are exported from the route table to OSPF. Export polices are in effect only if OSPF is configured as an ASBR.
If no export policy is specified, non-OSPF routes are not exported from the routing table manager to OSPF.
If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. If multiple export commands are issued, the last command entered overrides the previous command. A maximum of five policy names can be specified. The specified names must already be defined.
The no form of this command removes all policies from the configuration.
Default
no export
Parameters
- policy-name
The export route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
external-db-overflow
Syntax
external-db-overflow limit seconds
no external-db-overflow
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures limits on the number of non-default AS-external LSA entries that can be stored in the link-state database (LSDB) and specifies a wait timer before processing these after the limit is exceeded.
The limit value specifies the maximum number of non-default AS-external LSA entries that can be stored in the LSDB. Placing a limit on the non-default AS-external LSAs in the LSDB protects the router from receiving an excessive number of external routes that consume excessive memory or CPU resources. If the number of routes reach or exceed the limit, the table is in an overflow state. When in an overflow state, the router will not originate any new AS-external LSAs and withdraws all the self-originated non-default external LSAs.
The seconds value specifies the amount of time to wait after an overflow state before regenerating and processing non-default, AS-external LSAs. The waiting period acts like a dampening period, preventing the router from continuously running shortest path first (SPF) calculations caused by the excessive number of non-default, AS-external LSAs.
The external-db-overflow command must be set identically on all routers attached to any regular OSPF area. OSPF stub areas and NSSAs are excluded.
The no form of this command disables limiting the number of non-default, AS-external LSA entries.
Default
no external-db-overflow
Parameters
- limit
Specifies the maximum number of non-default, AS-external LSA entries that can be stored in the LSDB before going into an overflow state, expressed as a decimal integer.
- seconds
Specifies the number of seconds after entering an overflow state before attempting to process non-default AS-external LSAs, expressed as a decimal integer.
external-preference
Syntax
external-preference preference
no external-preference
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the preference for OSPF external routes.
A route can be learned by the router from different protocols, in which case the costs are not comparable. When this occurs, the preference is used to decide which route is used.
Different protocols should not be configured with the same preference. If this occurs, the tiebreaker is based on the default preference table, as shown in the following table.
| Route type | Preference | Configurable |
|---|---|---|
Direct attached |
0 |
No |
Static routes |
5 |
Yes |
OSPF internal |
10 |
Yes1 |
IS-IS level 1 internal |
15 |
Yes |
IS-IS level 2 internal |
18 |
Yes |
RIP |
100 |
Yes |
OSPF external |
150 |
Yes |
IS-IS level 1 external |
160 |
Yes |
IS-IS level 2 external |
165 |
Yes |
BGP |
170 |
Yes |
If multiple routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol, the lowest cost route is used. If multiple routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol and the costs (metrics) are equal, the decision of which route to use is determined by the configuration of the ecmp command in the config>router context
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
external-preference 150
Parameters
- preference
Specifies the preference for external routes expressed as a decimal integer (see Route preference defaults by route type).
ignore-dn-bit
Syntax
[no] ignore-dn-bit
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies whether to ignore the DN (down) bit for OSPF LSA packets for this instance of OSPF on the router. When enabled, the DN bit for OSPF LSA packets is ignored. When disabled, the DN bit is not ignored for OSPF LSA packets.
import
Syntax
import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
no import
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the import route policy that determines which routes are accepted from peers. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context.
This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific level is used.
When multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. A maximum of five (5) policy names can be specified. The first policy that matches is applied.
When multiple import commands are issued, the last command entered overrides the previous command.
The no form of this command removes the policy association. To remove the association of all policies, use no import without arguments.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
Specifies the route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
overload
Syntax
overload [timeout seconds]
no overload
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command changes the overload state of the local router so that it appears to be overloaded. When overload is enabled, the router can participate in OSPF routing, but is not used for transit traffic. Traffic that is destined for directly attached interfaces continues to reach the router.
To put the IGP in an overload state, enter a timeout value. The IGP enters the overload state until the timeout timer expires or a no overload command is executed.
If the overload command is encountered during the execution of an command, this command takes precedence. This could occur as a result of a saved configuration file where both parameters are saved. When the file is saved by the system, the overload-on-boot command is saved after the overload command.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value. When the no overload command is executed, the overload state is terminated, regardless of the reason the protocol entered overload state.
Default
no overload
Parameters
- timeout seconds
Specifies the number of seconds to reset overloading.
overload-include-stub
Syntax
[no] overload-include-stub
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures whether the OSPF stub networks should be advertised with a maximum metric value when the system goes into an overload state for any reason. When enabled, the system uses the maximum metric value. When this command is enabled and the router is in overload, all stub interfaces, including loopback and system interfaces, are advertised at the maximum metric.
Default
no overload-include-stub
overload-on-boot
Syntax
overload-on-boot [timeout seconds]
no overload
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
When the router is in an overload state, the router is used only if there is no other router to reach the destination. This command configures the IGP upon bootup in the overload state until one of the following events occur:
the timeout timer expires
a manual override of the current overload state is entered with the no overload command
The no overload command does not affect the overload-on-boot function.
The no form of this command removes the overload-on-boot functionality from the configuration.
Default
no overload-on-boot
Parameters
- timeout seconds
Specifies the number of seconds to reset overloading.
preference
Syntax
preference preference
no preference
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the preference for OSPF internal routes.
A route can be learned by the router from different protocols, in which case the costs are not comparable. When this occurs, the preference is used to decide to which route is used.
Different protocols should not be configured with the same preference. If this occurs, the tiebreaker is based on the default preference table, as listed in Route preference defaults by route type. If multiple routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol, the lowest cost route is used.
If multiple routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol and the costs (metrics) are equal, the decision of which route to use is determined by the configuration of the ecmp command in the config>router context.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
preference 10
Parameters
- preference
Specifies the preference for internal routes, expressed as a decimal integer. Route preference defaults by route type lists the defaults for different route types.
reference-bandwidth
Syntax
reference-bandwidth bandwidth-in-kbps
no reference-bandwidth
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the reference bandwidth used to calculate the default costs of interfaces based on their underlying link speed.
The default interface cost is calculated as follows:
cost = reference - bandwidth bandwidth
The default reference bandwidth is 100,000,000 kb/s or 100 Gb/s; therefore, the default auto-cost metrics for various link speeds are as follows:
10 Mb/s link default cost of 10000
100 Mb/s link default cost of 1000
1 Gb/s link default cost of 100
10 Gb/s link default cost of 10
The reference-bandwidth command assigns a default cost to the interface based on the interface speed. To override this default cost on an interface, use the metric command in the config>router>ospf>area>interface ip-int-name context.
The no form of this command reverts the reference-bandwidth to the default value.
Default
reference-bandwidth 100000000
Parameters
- bandwidth-in-kbps
Specifies the reference bandwidth in kilobits per second, expressed as a decimal integer.
super-backbone
Syntax
[no] super-backbone
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies whether CE-PE functionality is required.
The OSPF super backbone indicates the type of the LSA generated as a result of routes redistributed into OSPF. When enabled, the redistributed routes are injected as summary, external, or NSSA LSAs. When disabled, the redistributed routes are injected as either external or NSSA LSAs only.
Default
no super-backbone
suppress-dn-bit
Syntax
[no] suppress-dn-bit
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies whether to suppress the setting of the DN (down) bit for OSPF LSA packets generated by this instance of OSPF on the router. When enabled, the DN bit for OSPF LSA packets generated by this instance of the OSPF router is not set. When disabled, this instance of the OSPF router follows the normal procedure to determine whether to set the DN bit.
Default
no suppress-dn-bit
timers
Syntax
timers
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures OSPF timers. Timers control the delay between receipt of an LSA requiring an SPF calculation and the minimum time between successive SPF calculations.
Changing the timers affects CPU utilization and network reconvergence times. Lower values reduce convergence time but increase CPU utilization. Higher values reduce CPU utilization but increase reconvergence time.
spf-wait
Syntax
spf-wait max-spf-wait [spf-initial-wait [spf-second-wait]]
no spf-wait
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>timers
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command defines the maximum interval between two consecutive SPF calculations. in milliseconds. Timers that determine when to initiate the first, second, and subsequent SPF calculations after a topology change occurs can be controlled with this command. Subsequent SPF runs (if required) occur at exponentially increasing intervals of the spf-second-wait interval. For example, if the spf-second-wait interval is 1000, the next SPF runs after 2000 milliseconds, and the next SPF runs after 4000 milliseconds, and so on, until it reaches the spf-wait value. The SPF interval stays at the spf-wait value until there are no more SPF runs scheduled in that interval. After a full interval without any SPF runs, the SPF interval drops back to spf-initial-wait.
The timer must be entered in increments of 100 milliseconds. Values entered that do not match this requirement are rejected.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no spf-wait
Parameters
- max-spf-wait
Specifies the maximum interval, in milliseconds, between two consecutive SPF calculations.
- spf-initial-wait
Specifies the initial SPF calculation delay, in milliseconds, after a topology change.
- spf-second-wait
Specifies the hold time, in milliseconds, between the first and second SPF calculation.
vpn-domain
Syntax
vpn-domain id {0005 | 0105 | 0205 | 8005}
no vpn-domain
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the type of the extended community attribute exchanged using BGP to carry the OSPF VPN domain ID. This command applies to VPRN instances of OSPF only. An attempt to modify the value of this object results in an inconsistent value error when the instance is not a VPRN instance. The parameters are mandatory and can be entered in any order.
Default
no vpn-domain
Parameters
- id
Specifies the OSPF VPN domain in the format ‟xxxx.xxxx.xxxx”. This ID is exchanged using BGP in the extended community attribute associated with a prefix. This object applies to VPRN instances of OSPF only.
- 0005 | 0105 | 0205 | 8005
Specifies the type of the extended community attribute exchanged using BGP to carry the OSPF VPN domain ID.
vpn-tag
Syntax
vpn-tag vpn-tag
no vpn-tag
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command specifies the route tag for an OSPF VPN on a PE router. This field is set in the tag field of the OSPF external LSAs generated by the PE. This command is mainly used to prevent routing loops. This applies to VPRN instances of OSPF only. An attempt to modify the value of this object results in an inconsistent value error when the instance is not a VPRN instance.
Default
vpn-tag 0
Parameters
- vpn-tag
Specifies the route tag for an OSPF VPN.
lsa-arrival
Syntax
lsa-arrival lsa-arrival-time
no lsa-arrival
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>timers
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This parameter defines the minimum delay that must pass between receipt of the same LSAs arriving from neighbors.
Nokia recommends that the configured lsa-generate lsa-second-wait interval for the neighbors be equal or greater than the lsa-arrival-time.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no lsa-arrival
Parameters
- lsa-arrival-time
Specifies the timer in milliseconds. Values entered that do not match this requirement are rejected.
lsa-generate
Syntax
lsa-generate max-lsa-wait [lsa-initial-wait [lsa-second-wait]]
no lsa-generate-interval
Context
config>service>vprn>ospf>timers
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command configures the throttling of OSPF LSA generation. Timers that determine when to generate the first, second, and subsequent LSAs can be controlled with this command. Subsequent LSAs are generated at increasing intervals of the lsa-second-wait timer until a maximum value is reached. It is recommended that the lsa-arrival-time value be equal or less than the lsa-second-wait value configured in the lsa-generate command .
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no lsa-generate
Parameters
- max-lsa-wait
Specifies the maximum interval, in milliseconds, between two consecutive occurrences of an LSA being generated.
The timer must be entered as either 1 or in millisecond increments. Values entered that do not match this requirement are rejected.
Show commands
egress-label
Syntax
egress-label start-label [end-label]
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays service information using the range of egress labels.
If only the mandatory start-label parameter is specified, only services using the specified label are displayed.
If both start-label and end-label parameters are specified, the services using the labels in the specified range are displayed.
Use the show router ldp bindings command to display dynamic labels.
Parameters
- start-label
Specifies the starting egress label value for which to display services using the label range. If only egress-label1 is specified, services only using egress-label1 are displayed.
- end-label
Specifies the ending egress label value for which to display services using the label range.
Output
The following output is an example of egress label information, and Output fields: egress label describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show service egress-label 0 10000
==============================================================================
Martini Service Labels
==============================================================================
Svc Id Sdp Id Type I.Lbl E.Lbl
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 10:1 Mesh 0 0
1 20:1 Mesh 0 0
1 30:1 Mesh 0 0
1 100:1 Mesh 0 0
...
1 107:1 Mesh 0 0
1 108:1 Mesh 0 0
1 300:1 Mesh 0 0
1 301:1 Mesh 0 0
1 302:1 Mesh 0 0
1 400:1 Mesh 0 0
1 500:2 Spok 131070 2001
1 501:1 Mesh 131069 2000
100 300:100 Spok 0 0
200 301:200 Spok 0 0
300 302:300 Spok 0 0
400 400:400 Spok 0 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Bindings Found : 23
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Svc Id |
The ID that identifies a service. |
|
Sdp Id |
The ID that identifies an SDP. |
|
Type |
Indicates whether the SDP binding is a spoke or a mesh. |
|
I. Lbl |
The VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP. |
|
E. Lbl |
The VC label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP. |
|
Number of bindings found |
The total number of SDP bindings that exist within the specified egress label range. |
ingress-label
Syntax
ingress-label start-label [end-label]
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays services using the range of ingress labels.
If only the mandatory start-label parameter is specified, only services using the specified label are displayed.
If both start-label and end-label parameters are specified, the services using the labels in the specified range are displayed.
Use the show router vprn-service-id ldp bindings command to display dynamic labels.
Parameters
- start-label
Specifies the starting ingress label value for which to display services using the label range. If only start-label is specified, services only using start-label are displayed.
- end-label
Specifies the ending ingress label value for which to display services using the label range.
Output
The following output is an example of ingress label information, and Output fields: ingress label describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show service ingress-label 0
==============================================================================
Martini Service Labels
==============================================================================
Svc Id Sdp Id Type I.Lbl E.Lbl
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 10:1 Mesh 0 0
1 20:1 Mesh 0 0
1 30:1 Mesh 0 0
1 50:1 Mesh 0 0
1 100:1 Mesh 0 0
1 101:1 Mesh 0 0
1 102:1 Mesh 0 0
1 103:1 Mesh 0 0
1 104:1 Mesh 0 0
1 105:1 Mesh 0 0
1 106:1 Mesh 0 0
1 107:1 Mesh 0 0
1 108:1 Mesh 0 0
1 300:1 Mesh 0 0
1 301:1 Mesh 0 0
1 302:1 Mesh 0 0
1 400:1 Mesh 0 0
100 300:100 Spok 0 0
200 301:200 Spok 0 0
300 302:300 Spok 0 0
400 400:400 Spok 0 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Bindings Found : 21
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Svc ID |
The service identifier. |
|
SDP Id |
The SDP identifier. |
|
Type |
Indicates whether the SDP is a spoke or a mesh. |
|
I.Lbl |
The ingress label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP. |
|
E.Lbl |
The egress label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP. |
|
Number of Bindings Found |
The number of SDP bindings within the label range specified. |
sap-using
Syntax
sap-using [sap sap-id]
sap-using interface [ip-address | ip-int-name]
sap-using [ingress | egress] filter filter-id
sap-using [ingress | egress] qos-policy qos-policy-id
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays SAP information.
If no optional parameters are specified, the command displays a summary of all defined SAPs.
The optional parameters restrict output to only SAPs matching the specified properties.
Parameters
- sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
- interface
Keyword to specify matching SAPs with the specified IP interface.
- ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the interface for which to display matching SAPs.
- ip-int-name
Specifies the IP interface name for which to display matching SAPs.
- ingress
Keyword to specify matching an ingress policy.
- egress
Keyword to specify matching an egress policy.
- qos-policy qos-policy-id
Specifies the ingress or egress QoS policy ID for which to display matching SAPs.
- filter filter-id
Specifies the ingress or egress filter policy ID for which to display matching SAPs.
Output
The following output is an example of SAP service using information, and Output fields: service SAP using describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show service sap-using sap 1/1
==============================================================================
Service Access Points
==============================================================================
PortId SvcId SapMTU I.QoS I.Mac/IP E.QoS E.Mac/IP A.Pol Adm Opr
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/7:0 1 1518 10 8 10 none none Up Up
1/1/11:0 100 1514 1 none 1 none none Down Down
1/1/7:300 300 1518 10 none 10 none 1000 Up Up
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SAPs : 3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Port ID |
The ID of the access port where the SAP is defined. |
|
Svc ID |
The service identifier. |
|
SapMTU |
The SAP MTU value. |
|
I.QoS |
The SAP ingress QoS policy number specified on the ingress SAP. |
|
I.MAC/IP |
The MAC or IP filter policy ID applied to the ingress SAP. |
|
E.QoS |
The SAP egress QoS policy number specified on the egress SAP. |
|
E.Mac/IP |
The MAC or IP filter policy ID applied to the egress SAP |
|
A.Pol |
The accounting policy ID assigned to the SAP. |
|
Adm |
The configured state of the SAP. |
|
Opr |
The actual state of the SAP. |
sdp
Syntax
sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-address] [detail | keep-alive-history]
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays SDP information.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary SDP output for all SDPs is displayed.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Specifies the SDP ID for which to display information.
- far-end ip-address
Displays only SDPs matching with the specified far-end IP address.
- detail
Displays detailed SDP information.
- keep-alive-history
Displays the last fifty SDP keepalive events for the SDP.
Output
The following output is an example of SDP information, and Output fields: service SDP describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show service sdp
==============================================================================
Services: Service Destination Points
==============================================================================
SdpId Adm MTU Opr MTU IP address Adm Opr Deliver Signal
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 4462 4462 10.20.1.3 Up Dn NotReady MPLS TLDP
40 4462 1534 10.20.1.20 Up Up MPLS TLDP
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 5
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show service sdp 8
==============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 8)
==============================================================================
SdpId Adm MTU Opr MTU IP address Adm Opr Deliver Signal
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 4462 4462 10.10.10.104 Up Dn NotReady MPLS TLDP
==============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 8) Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sdp Id 8 -(10.10.10.104)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description : MPLS-10.10.10.104
SDP Id : 8
Admin Path MTU : 0 Oper Path MTU : 0
Far End : 10.10.10.104 Delivery : MPLS
Admin State : Up Oper State : Down
Flags : SignalingSessDown TransportTunnDown
Signaling : TLDP VLAN VC Etype : 0x8100
Last Status Change : 02/01/2007 09:11:39 Adv. MTU Over. : No
Last Mgmt Change : 02/01/2007 09:11:46
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State : Disabled Oper State : Disabled
Hello Time : 10 Hello Msg Len : 0
Hello Timeout : 5 Unmatched Replies : 0
Max Drop Count : 3 Hold Down Time : 10
Tx Hello Msgs : 0 Rx Hello Msgs : 0
Associated LSP LIST :
Lsp Name : to-104
Admin State : Up Oper State : Down
Time Since Last Tran*: 01d07h36m
===============================================================================
* indicates that the corresponding row element may have been truncated.
*A:ALA-12#| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
SDP Id |
The SDP identifier. |
|
Adm MTU |
Specifies the largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
|
Opr MTU |
Specifies the actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
|
IP address |
Specifies the IP address of the remote end of the MPLS tunnel defined by this SDP. |
|
Adm Admin State |
Specifies the state of the SDP. |
|
Opr Oper State |
Specifies the operating state of the SDP. |
|
Flags |
Specifies all the conditions that affect the operating status of this SDP. |
|
Signal Signaling |
Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in frames transmitted and received on the SDP. |
|
Last Status Change |
Specifies the time of the most recent operating status change to this SDP. |
|
Last Mgmt Change |
Specifies the time of the most recent management-initiated change to this SDP. |
|
Number of SDPs |
Specifies the total number of SDPs displayed according to the criteria specified. |
|
Hello Time |
Specifies how often the SDP echo request messages are transmitted on this SDP. |
|
Deliver Delivered |
Specifies the type of delivery used by the SDP: MPLS. |
|
Number of SDPs |
Specifies the total number of SDPs displayed according to the criteria specified. |
|
Hello Time |
Specifies how often the SDP echo request messages are transmitted on this SDP. |
|
Hello Msg Len |
Specifies the length of the SDP echo request messages transmitted on this SDP. |
|
Hello Timeout |
Specifies the number of seconds to wait for an SDP echo response message before declaring a timeout. |
|
Unmatched Replies |
Specifies the number of SDP unmatched message replies. |
|
Max Drop Count |
Specifies the maximum number of consecutive SDP echo request messages that can be unacknowledged before the keepalive protocol reports a fault. |
|
Hold Down Time |
Specifies the maximum number of consecutive SDP echo request messages that can be unacknowledged before the keepalive protocol reports a fault. |
|
TX Hello Msgs |
Specifies the number of SDP echo request messages transmitted after the keepalive was administratively enabled or the counter was cleared. |
|
Rx Hello Msgs |
Specifies the number of SDP echo request messages received after the keepalive was administratively enabled or the counter was cleared. |
|
Associated LSP List |
When the SDP type is MPLS, a list of LSPs used to reach the far-end router displays. All the LSPs in the list must terminate at the IP address specified in the far end field. |
sdp-using
Syntax
sdp-using [sdp-id[:vc-id] | far-end ip-address]
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays services using SDP or far-end address options.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Displays only services bound to the specified SDP ID.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit identifier.
- far-end ip-address
Displays only services matching with the specified far-end IP address.
Output
The following output is an example of SDP service information, and Output fields: service SDP using describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-1# show service sdp-using 300
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 300)
===============================================================================
SvcId SdpId Type Far End Opr State I.Label E.Label
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 300:1 Mesh 10.0.0.13 Up 131071 131071
2 300:2 Spok 10.0.0.13 Up 131070 131070
100 300:100 Mesh 10.0.0.13 Up 131069 131069
101 300:101 Mesh 10.0.0.13 Up 131068 131068
102 300:102 Mesh 10.0.0.13 Up 131067 131067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1#
A:ALA-48# show service sdp-using
===============================================================================
SDP Using
===============================================================================
SvcId SdpId Type Far End Opr State I.Label E.Label
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 2:3 Spok 10.20.1.2 Up n/a n/a
103 3:103 Spok 10.20.1.3 Up 131067 131068
103 4:103 Spok 10.20.1.2 Up 131065 131069
105 3:105 Spok 10.20.1.3 Up 131066 131067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 4
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A:ALA-48| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Svc ID |
The service identifier. |
|
Sdp ID |
The SDP identifier. |
|
Type |
Type of SDP: spoke or mesh. |
|
Far End |
The far end address of the SDP. |
|
Oper State |
The operational state of the service. |
|
Ingress Label |
The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP. |
|
Egress Label |
The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by this SDP. |
service-using
Syntax
service-using [epipe] [ies] [vpls] [vprn][sdp sdp-id] [customer customer-id]
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays the services matching specified usage properties.
If no optional parameters are specified, all services defined on the system are displayed.
Parameters
- epipe
Displays matching Epipe services.
- ies
Displays matching IES instances.
- vpls
Displays matching VPLS instances.
- vprn
Displays matching VPRN services.
- sdp sdp-id
Displays only services bound to the specified SDP ID.
- customer customer-id
Displays services only associated with the specified customer ID.
Output
The following output is an example of service using information, and Output fields: service using describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show service service-using customer 10
==============================================================================
Services
==============================================================================
ServiceId Type Adm Opr CustomerId Last Mgmt Change
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 VPLS Up Up 10 09/05/2006 13:24:15
100 IES Up Up 10 09/05/2006 13:24:15
300 Epipe Up Up 10 09/05/2006 13:24:15
900 VPRN Up Up 2 11/04/2006 04:55:12
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 4
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show service service-using epipe
===============================================================================
Services [epipe]
===============================================================================
ServiceId Type Adm Opr CustomerId Last Mgmt Change
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 Epipe Up Up 6 06/22/2006 23:05:58
7 Epipe Up Up 6 06/22/2006 23:05:58
8 Epipe Up Up 3 06/22/2006 23:05:58
103 Epipe Up Up 6 06/22/2006 23:05:58
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 4
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
A:de14# show service service-using
===============================================================================
Services
===============================================================================
ServiceId Type Adm Opr CustomerId Last Mgmt Change
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 uVPLS Up Up 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
2 Epipe Up Down 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
10 mVPLS Down Down 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
11 mVPLS Down Down 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
100 mVPLS Up Up 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
101 mVPLS Up Up 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
102 mVPLS Up Up 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
999 uVPLS Down Down 1 10/26/2006 16:14:33
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 8
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A:de14#| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Service Id |
The service identifier. |
|
Type |
Specifies the service type configured for the service ID. |
|
Adm |
The configured state of the service. |
|
Opr |
The operating state of the service. |
|
CustomerID |
The ID of the customer who owns this service. |
|
Last Mgmt Change |
The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this service. |
id
Syntax
id service-id {all | arp | base | fdb | labels | mfib | sap | sdp | split-horizon-group | stp}
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays information for a specified service ID.
Parameters
- service-id
Specifies the unique service identification number that identifies the service in the service domain.
- all
Displays detailed information about the service.
- arp
Displays ARP entries for the service.
- base
Displays basic service information.
- fdb
Displays FDB entries.
- interface
Displays service interfaces.
- labels
Displays labels being used by this service.
- sap
Displays SAPs associated with the service.
- sdp
Displays SDPs associated with the service.
- split-horizon-group
Displays split horizon group information.
- stp
Displays STP information.
all
Syntax
all
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays detailed information for all aspects of the service.
Output
The following output is an example of detailed service information, and Output fields: service ID All describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:7210SAS>show>service>id# all
===============================================================================
Service Detailed Information
===============================================================================
Service Id : 1 Vpn Id : 0
Service Type : Epipe
Description : (Not Specified)
Customer Id : 1
Last Status Change: 02/12/2002 23:51:07
Last Mgmt Change : 02/12/2002 23:50:18
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
SAP Count : 2
Uplink Type: : L2
SAP Type: : Any Customer vlan: : n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Access Points
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAP 1/1/9:600.*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Id : 1
SAP : 1/1/9:600.* Encap : qinq
QinQ Dot1p : Default
Description : (Not Specified)
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Flags : None
Last Status Change : 02/12/2002 23:51:06
Last Mgmt Change : 02/12/2002 23:50:18
Dot1Q Ethertype : 0x8100 QinQ Ethertype : 0x8100
Admin MTU : 9212 Oper MTU : 9212
Ingr IP Fltr-Id : n/a Egr IP Fltr-Id : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a Egr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a
Ingr IPv6 Fltr-Id : n/a Egr IPv6 Fltr-Id : n/a
tod-suite : None
Endpoint : N/A
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QOS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress qos-policy : n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Policer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
rate : n/a burst : n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress QoS Classifier Usage
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Classifiers Allocated: 2 Meters Allocated : 1
Classifiers Used : 1 Meters Used : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Stats: 0 0
Egress Stats: 26941105 18014193523
Extra-Tag Drop Stats: n/a n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAP 1/1/12:90
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Id : 1
SAP : 1/1/12:90 Encap : q-tag
Description : (Not Specified)
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Flags : None
Last Status Change : 02/12/2002 23:51:07
Last Mgmt Change : 02/13/2002 00:05:46
Dot1Q Ethertype : 0x8100 QinQ Ethertype : 0x8100
Loopback Mode : Internal No-svc-port used : 1/1/25
Loopback Src Addr : 00:00:01:00:02:00
Loopback Dst Addr : 00:00:01:00:03:00
Admin MTU : 1518 Oper MTU : 1518
Ingr IP Fltr-Id : n/a Egr IP Fltr-Id : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a Egr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a
Ingr IPv6 Fltr-Id : n/a Egr IPv6 Fltr-Id : n/a
tod-suite : None
Endpoint : N/A
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QOS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress qos-policy : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Policer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
rate : n/a burst : n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress QoS Classifier Usage
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Classifiers Allocated: 2 Meters Allocated : 1
Classifiers Used : 1 Meters Used : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Stats: 26940595 18013850572
Egress Stats: 0 0
Ingress Drop Stats: 0 0
Extra-Tag Drop Stats: n/a n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Meter stats (in/out counter mode)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Meter 1
For. InProf : 8 4265
For. OutProf : 26941156 18014224039
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Endpoints
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Endpoints found.
===============================================================================
*A:7210SAS>show>service>id#| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Service Detailed Information |
|
|
Service Id |
The service identifier. |
|
VPN Id |
The number that identifies the VPN. |
|
Customer Id |
The customer identifier. |
|
Last Status Change |
The date and time of the most recent change in the administrative or operating status of the service. |
|
Last Mgmt Change |
The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this customer. |
|
Admin State |
The current administrative state. |
|
Oper State |
The current operational state. |
|
Route Dist. |
Displays the route distribution number. |
|
AS Number |
Displays the autonomous system number. |
|
Router Id |
Displays the router ID for this service. |
|
Auto Bind |
Specifies the automatic binding type for the SDP assigned to this service. |
|
Vrf Target |
Specifies the VRF target applied to this service. |
|
Vrf Import |
Specifies the VRF import policy applied to this service. |
|
Vrf Export |
Specifies the VRF export policy applied to this service. |
|
Description |
Generic information about the service. |
|
SAP Count |
The number of SAPs specified for this service. |
|
SDP Bind Count |
The number of SDPs bound to this service. |
|
Split Horizon Group |
Name of the split horizon group for this service. |
|
Description |
Description of the split horizon group. |
|
Last Changed |
The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this split horizon group. |
|
Service Destination Points (SDPs) |
|
|
SDP Id |
The SDP identifier. |
|
Type |
Indicates whether this service SDP binding is a spoke or a mesh. |
|
Admin Path MTU |
The configured largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
|
Oper Path MTU |
The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
|
Delivery |
Specifies the type of delivery used by the SDP: MPLS. |
|
Admin State |
The administrative state of this SDP. |
|
Oper State |
The operational state of this SDP. |
|
Ingress Label |
The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP. |
|
Egress Label |
The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by this SDP. |
|
Ingress Filter |
The ID of the ingress filter policy. |
|
Egress Filter |
The ID of the egress filter policy. |
|
Far End |
Specifies the IP address of the remote end of the MPLS tunnel defined by this SDP. |
|
Last Changed |
The date and time of the most recent change to this customer. |
|
Signaling |
Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in frames transmitted and received on this SDP. |
|
Admin State |
Specifies the operating status of the keepalive protocol. |
|
Oper State |
The current status of the keepalive protocol. |
|
Hello Time |
Specifies how often the SDP echo request messages are transmitted on this SDP. |
|
Hello Msg Len |
Specifies the length of the SDP echo request messages transmitted on this SDP. |
|
Max Drop Count |
Specifies the maximum number of consecutive SDP Echo Request messages that can be unacknowledged before the keepalive protocol reports a fault. |
|
Hold Down Time |
Specifies the amount of time to wait before the keepalive operating status is eligible to enter the alive state. |
|
SDP Delivery Mechanism |
When the SDP type is MPLS, a list of LSPs used to reach the far-end router displays. All the LSPs in the list must terminate at the IP address specified in the far end field. |
|
Max Drop Count |
Specifies the maximum number of consecutive SDP Echo Request messages that can be unacknowledged before the keepalive protocol reports a fault. |
|
Number of SDPs |
The total number SDPs applied to this service ID. |
|
Service Access Points |
|
|
Service Id |
The service identifier. |
|
Port Id |
The ID of the access port where this SAP is defined. |
|
Description |
Generic information about the SAP. |
|
Admin State |
The configured state of the SAP. |
|
Oper State |
The operating state of the SAP. |
|
Last Changed |
The date and time of the last change. |
|
Admin MTU |
The configured largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
|
Oper MTU |
The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
|
Ingress qos-policy |
The SAP ingress QoS policy ID. |
|
Acct. Pol |
Indicates the accounting policy applied to the SAP. |
|
Collect Stats |
Specifies whether accounting statistics are collected on the SAP. |
|
Spoke SDPs |
|
|
Managed by Service |
Specifies the service ID of the management VPLS managing this spoke-SDP. |
|
Managed by Spoke |
Specifies the SAP ID inside the management VPLS managing this spoke-SDP. |
|
Prune state |
Specifies the STP state inherited from the management VPLS. |
|
Peer Pw Bits |
Indicates the bits set by the LDP peer when there is a fault on its side of the pseudowire. LAC failures occur on the SAP that has been configured on the pipe service. PSN bits are set by SDP-binding failures on the pipe service. The pwNotForwarding bit is set when none of the preceding failures apply, such as an MTU mismatch failure. This value is applicable only if the peer is using the pseudowire status signaling method to indicate faults. pwNotForwarding — Pseudowire not forwarding lacIngressFault Local — Attachment circuit RX fault lacEgresssFault Local — Attachment circuit TX fault psnIngressFault Local — PSN-facing PW RX fault psnEgressFault Local — PSN-facing PW TX fault pwFwdingStandby — Pseudowire in standby mode |
|
Max IPv4 Routes |
Maximum IPv4 routes configured for use with the service. |
|
Last Changed |
The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change. |
|
Dot1Q Ethertype |
The dot1q Ethertype used by the SAP. |
|
Ingr IP Fltr-Id |
The policy ID of the IP filter applied at ingress. |
|
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id |
The policy ID of the MAC filter applied at ingress. |
|
Egr IP Fltr-Id |
The policy ID of the IP filter applied at egress. |
|
Egr Mac Fltr-Id |
The policy ID of the MAC filter applied at egress. |
|
tod-suite |
The TOD suite applied for use by this SAP. |
|
rate |
Specifies the SAP aggregate rate configured for the aggregate policer/meter used by this SAP. |
|
burst |
Specifies the burst to be used with SAP aggregate policer/meter used by this SAP. |
|
Classifiers Allocated |
Number of SAP ingress QoS resources allocated for use by this SAP. |
|
Classifiers Used |
Number of SAP ingress QoS resources in use by this SAP. |
|
Meters Allocated |
Number of SAP ingress meter resources allocated for use by this SAP. This is set to half the number of classifiers allocated to this SAP. |
|
Meters Used |
Number of SAP ingress meters in use. |
|
Ingress Stats |
The number of received packets/octets for this SAP. |
|
Egress Stats |
The number of packets/octets forwarded out of this SAP. |
|
Ingress Drop Stats |
Number of packets/octets dropped by the system. |
|
Extra-Tag Drop Stats |
Number of packets received with the count of VLAN tags exceeding the count of VLAN tags implied by the SAP encapsulation. |
|
Ingress Meter 1 |
The index of the ingress QoS meter of this SAP. |
|
For. InProf |
Number of in-profile packets/octets received on this SAP. |
|
For. OutProf |
Number of out-of-profile packets/octets received on this SAP. |
|
If Name |
IP interface name assigned by user. |
|
Protocols |
Protocols enabled for use on this interface. |
|
Oper (v4/v6) |
Operational status of this interface for IPv4 and IPv6. |
|
IP Addr/mask |
IPv4 address and mask assigned to this interface. |
|
Address Type |
Whether the address is a primary or secondary address. |
|
Broadcast Address |
Type of broadcast address used: host-ones or all-ones. |
|
If Index |
The interface index assigned by the system. It is used with SNMP IfTable. |
|
Virt. If Index |
The interface index assigned by the system. It is used with SNMP. |
|
Last Oper Chg |
Timestamp associated with the last operational change. |
|
Global If Index |
This is the system wide Interface index allotted by the system. |
|
If Type |
Network — The IP interface is a network/core IP interface. Service — The IP interface is a service IP interface. |
|
SNTP B.Cast |
Specifies whether SNTP broadcast client mode is enabled or disabled. |
|
Arp Timeout |
Specifies the timeout for an ARP entry learned on the interface. |
|
IP Oper MTU |
The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through the port to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
|
LdpSyncTimer |
Specifies the value used for IGP-LDP synchronization. |
|
Redirects |
Specifies the rate for ICMP redirect messages. |
|
Unreachables |
Specifies the rate for ICMP unreachable messages. |
|
TTL Expired |
Specifies the rate for ICMP TTL messages. |
|
MAC Address |
Specifies the 48-bit IEEE 802.3 MAC address. |
authentication
Syntax
authentication
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
Commands in this context display subscriber authentication information.
statistics
Syntax
statistics [policy name] [sap sap-id]
Context
show>service>id>authentication
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays session authentication statistics for the service.
Parameters
- policy name
Specifies the subscriber authentication policy statistics to display.
- sap sap-id
Specifies the SAP ID statistics to display. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
Output
The following output is an example of service ID statistics information.
Sample output*A:ALA-1# show service id 11 authentication statistics
===============================================================
Authentication statistics
===============================================================
Interface / SAP Authentication Authentication
Successful Failed
---------------------------------------------------------------
abc-11-90.1.0.254 1582 3
---------------------------------------------------------------
Number of entries: 1
===============================================================
*A:ALA-1#arp
Syntax
arp [ip-address] | [mac ieee-address] | [sap sap-id] | [interface ip-int-name] [sdp sdp-id:vc-id] [summary]
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays the ARP table for the IES instance.
Parameters
- ip-address
Displays only ARP entries in the ARP table with the specified IP address.
- mac ieee-address
Displays only ARP entries in the ARP table with the specified 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
- sap sap-id
Displays SAP information for the specified SAP ID. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
- port id
Specifies matching service ARP entries associated with the specified IP interface.
- ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the interface for which to display matching ARP entries.
- ip-int-name
Specifies the IP interface name for which to display matching ARPs.
Output
The following output is an example of ARP information, and Output fields: service ID ARP describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show service id 2 arp
==============================================================================
ARP Table
==============================================================================
IP Address MAC Address Type Age Interface Port
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.11.1.1 00:03:fa:00:08:22 Other 00:00:00 ies-100-190.11.1 1/1/11:0
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Service ID |
The service ID number. |
|
MAC |
The specified MAC address. |
|
Source-Identifier |
The location the MAC is defined. |
|
Type |
Static FDB entries created by management. |
|
Learned Dynamic entries created by the learning process. |
|
|
OAM Entries created by the OAM process. |
|
|
Age |
The time elapsed after the service was enabled. |
|
Interface |
The interface applied to the service. |
|
Port |
The port where the SAP is applied. |
base
Syntax
base
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays basic information about the service ID, including service type, description, SAPs, and SDPs.
Output
The following output is an example of basic service information, and Output fields: service ID base describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show service id 1 base
===============================================================================
Service Basic Information
===============================================================================
Service Id : 1 Vpn Id : 0
Service Type : VPRN
Customer Id : 1
Last Status Change: 02/01/2007 09:11:39
Last Mgmt Change : 02/01/2007 09:11:46
Admin State : Up Oper State : Down
Route Dist. : 10001:1
AS Number : 10000 Router Id : 10.10.10.103
ECMP : Enabled ECMP Max Routes : 8
Max Routes : No Limit Auto Bind : LDP
Vrf Target : target:10001:1
Vrf Import : vrfImpPolCust1
Vrf Export : vrfExpPolCust1
SAP Count : 1 SDP Bind Count : 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Access & Destination Points
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifier Type AdmMTU OprMTU Adm Opr
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/7:0 q-tag 1518 1518 Up Up
sdp:10:1 M(10.20.1.3) TLDP 4462 4462 Up TLDP Down
sdp:20:1 M(10.20.1.4) TLDP 4462 4462 Up TLDP Down
sdp:30:1 M(10.20.1.5) TLDP 4462 4462 Up TLDP Down
sdp:40:1 M(10.20.1.20) TLDP 1534 4462 Up Up
sdp:200:1 M(10.20.1.30) TLDP 1514 4462 Up Up
sdp:300:1 M(10.20.1.31) TLDP 4462 4462 Up TLDP Down
sdp:500:1 M(10.20.1.50) TLDP 4462 4462 Up TLDP Down
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Service Id |
The service identifier. |
|
Vpn Id |
Specifies the VPN ID assigned to the service. |
|
Service Type |
Specifies the type of service. |
|
Description |
Generic information about the service. |
|
Customer Id |
The customer identifier. |
|
Last Mgmt Change |
The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this customer. |
|
Adm |
The configured state of the service. |
|
Oper |
The operating state of the service. |
|
Mtu |
The largest frame size (in octets) that the service can handle. |
|
Def. Mesh VC Id |
This object is only valid in services that accept mesh SDP bindings. It is used to validate the VC ID portion of each mesh SDP binding defined in the service. |
|
SAP Count |
The number of SAPs defined on the service. |
|
SDP Bind Count |
The number of SDPs bound to the service. |
|
Identifier |
Specifies the service access (SAP) and destination (SDP) points. |
|
Type |
Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in frames transmitted and received on the SDP. |
|
AdmMTU |
Specifies the configured largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end ESR, without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
|
OprMTU |
Specifies the actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end ESR, without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
|
Opr |
The operating state of the SDP. |
statistics
Syntax
statistics [sap sap-id]
statistics [sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
statistics [interface interface-name]
Context
show>service>id>dhcp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays DHCP statistics information.
Parameters
- sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI
Command Descriptions on page 973 for command syntax.
- sdp-id
Specifies the SDP identifier.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to display information.
- interface-name
Displays information for the specified IP interface.
Output
The following output is an example of DHCP statistics information, and Output fields: DHCP statistics describes the output fields.
Sample outputA:sim1# show service id 11 dhcp statistics
================================================================
DHCP Global Statistics, service 11
================================================================
Rx Packets : 32
Tx Packets : 12
Rx Malformed Packets : 0
Rx Untrusted Packets : 0
Client Packets Discarded : 0
Client Packets Relayed : 11
Client Packets Snooped : 21
Server Packets Discarded : 0
Server Packets Relayed : 0
Server Packets Snooped : 0
================================================================
A:sim1#| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Received Packets |
The number of packets received from the DHCP clients. |
|
Transmitted Packets |
The number of packets transmitted to the DHCP clients. |
|
Received Malformed Packets |
The number of corrupted and invalid packets received from the DHCP clients. |
|
Received Untrusted Packets |
The number of untrusted packets received from the DHCP clients. In this case, a frame is dropped because of the client sending a DHCP packet with Option 82 filled in before ‟trust” is set under the DHCP interface command. |
|
Client Packets Discarded |
The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were discarded. |
|
Client Packets Relayed |
The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were forwarded. |
|
Client Packets Snooped |
The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were snooped. |
|
Server Packet Discarded |
The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were discarded. |
|
Server Packets Relayed |
The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were forwarded. |
|
Server Packets Snooped |
The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were snooped. |
interface
Syntax
interface [ip-address | ip-int-name] [detail]
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays information for the IP interfaces associated with the service.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all IP interfaces associated with the service are displayed.
Parameters
- ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the interface for which to display information.
- ip-int-name
Specifies the IP interface name, up to 32 characters, for which to display information.
- detail
Displays detailed IP interface information.
Output
The following output is an example of service interface information, and Output fields: service ID interface describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show service id 321 interface
===============================================================================
Interface Table
===============================================================================
Interface-Name Type IP-Address Adm Opr Type
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
test Pri 10.11.1.1/24 Up Up IES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces : 1
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
A:ALA-49# show service id 88 interface detail
===============================================================================
Interface Table
===============================================================================
Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If Name : Sector A
Admin State : Up Oper State : Down
Protocols : None
IP Addr/mask : Not Assigned
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description :
If Index : 26 Virt. If Index : 26
SAP Id : 71/1/1.2.2
TOS Marking : Untrusted If Type : IES
SNTP B.Cast : False IES ID : 88
MAC Address : Not configured. Arp Timeout : 14400
IP MTU : 1500 ICMP Mask Reply : True
Arp Populate : Disabled
Cflowd : None
Proxy ARP Details
Proxy ARP : Enabled Local Proxy ARP : Disabled
Policies : ProxyARP
DHCP Details
Admin State : Up Lease Populate : 0
Action : Keep Trusted : Disabled
ICMP Details
Redirects : Number - 100 Time (seconds) - 10
Unreachables : Number - 100 Time (seconds) - 10
TTL Expired : Number - 100 Time (seconds) - 10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If Name : test
Admin State : Up Oper State : Down
Protocols : None
IP Addr/mask : Not Assigned
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description :
If Index : 27 Virt. If Index : 27
SAP Id : 101/1/2:0
TOS Marking : Untrusted If Type : IES
SNTP B.Cast : False IES ID : 88
MAC Address : Not configured. Arp Timeout : 14400
Arp Populate : Disabled
Proxy ARP Details
Proxy ARP : Disabled Local Proxy ARP : Disabled
ICMP Details
Redirects : Number - 100 Time (seconds) - 10
Unreachables : Number - 100 Time (seconds) - 10
TTL Expired : Number - 100 Time (seconds) - 10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces : 2
===============================================================================
A:ALA-49#| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Interface-Name |
The name of the interface. |
|
Type |
Specifies the interface type. |
|
IP-Address |
Specifies the IP address/IP subnet/broadcast address of the interface. |
|
Adm |
The configured state of the interface. |
|
Opr |
The operating state of the interface. |
|
Interface |
|
|
If Name |
The name of the interface. |
|
Admin State |
The configured state of the interface. |
|
Oper State |
The operating state of the interface. |
|
IP Addr/mask |
Specifies the IP address/IP subnet/broadcast address of the interface. |
|
Details |
|
|
If Index |
The index corresponding to this interface. The primary index is 1. For example, all interfaces are defined in the Base virtual router context. |
|
If Type |
Specifies the interface type. |
|
Port Id |
Specifies the SAP port ID. |
|
SNTP B.Cast |
Specifies whether SNTP broadcast client mode is enabled or disabled. |
|
Arp Timeout |
Specifies the timeout for an ARP entry learned on the interface. |
|
MAC Address |
Specifies the 48-bit IEEE 802.3 MAC address. |
|
ICMP Mask Reply |
Specifies whether ICMP mask reply is enabled or disabled. |
|
ICMP Details |
|
|
Redirects |
Specifies the rate for ICMP redirect messages. |
|
Unreachables |
Specifies the rate for ICMP unreachable messages. |
|
TTL Expired |
Specifies the rate for ICMP TTL messages. |
sap
Syntax
sap sap-id [detail]
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays information for the SAPs associated with the service.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SAPs is displayed.
Parameters
- sap-id
Specifies the ID that displays SAPs for the service. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
- detail
Displays detailed information for the SAP.
Output
The following output is an example of SAP information, and Output fields: service ID SAP describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show service id 321 sap 1/1/4:0
===============================================================================
Service Access Points(SAP)
===============================================================================
Service Id : 321
SAP : 1/1/4:0 Encap : q-tag
Dot1Q Ethertype : 0x8100 QinQ Ethertype : 0x8100
Admin State : Up Oper State : Down
Flags : PortOperDown
SapIngressQoSMismatch
Last Status Change : 02/03/2007 12:58:37
Last Mgmt Change : 02/03/2007 12:59:10
Admin MTU : 1518 Oper MTU : 1518
Ingress qos-policy : 100 Egress qos-policy : 1
Ingress Filter-Id : n/a Egress Filter-Id : n/a
Multi Svc Site : None
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show service id 321 sap 1/1/4:0 detail
===============================================================================
Service Access Points(SAP)
===============================================================================
Service Id : 321
SAP : 1/1/4:0 Encap : q-tag
Dot1Q Ethertype : 0x8100 QinQ Ethertype : 0x8100
Admin State : Up Oper State : Down
Flags : PortOperDown
SapIngressQoSMismatch
Last Status Change : 02/03/2007 12:58:37
Last Mgmt Change : 02/03/2007 12:59:10
Admin MTU : 1518 Oper MTU : 1518
Ingress qos-policy : 100 Egress qos-policy : 1
Ingress Filter-Id : n/a Egress Filter-Id : n/a
Multi Svc Site : None
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Forwarding Engine Stats
Dropped : 0 0
Off. HiPrio : 0 0
Off. LowPrio : 0 0
Off. Uncolor : 0 0
Queueing Stats(Egress QoS Policy 1)
Dro. InProf : 0 0
Dro. OutProf : 0 0
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
=============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:dut-a>config>log# /show service id 100 sap 1/1/22:100 sap-stats
===============================================================================
Service Access Points(SAP)
===============================================================================
Service Id : 100
SAP : 1/1/22:100 Encap : q-tag
Description : (Not Specified)
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Flags : None
Last Status Change : 02/17/2016 10:24:49
Last Mgmt Change : 02/17/2016 10:24:46
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress QoS Classifier Usage
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Classifiers Allocated: 2 Meters Allocated : 1
Classifiers Used : 1 Meters Used : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Stats: 0 0
Egress Stats: 76990984 116872316748
Ingress Drop Stats: 0 0
Extra-Tag Drop Stats: n/a n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Meter stats (in/out counter mode)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Meter 1
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Egr sap agg-meter stats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Drop : 385943060 73232696583
Forward : 74671326 14168884298
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
*A:dut-a>| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Service Id |
The service identifier. |
|
SAP |
The SAP and qtag. |
|
Encap |
The encapsulation type of the SAP. |
|
Ethertype |
Specifies an Ethernet type II Ethertype value. |
|
Admin State |
The administrative state of the SAP. |
|
Oper State |
The operating state of the SAP. |
|
Flags |
Specifies the conditions that affect the operating status of this SAP. Display output includes: ServiceAdminDown, SapAdminDown, InterfaceAdminDown, PortOperDown, PortMTUTooSmall, L2OperDown, SapIngressQoSMismatch, SapEgressQoSMismatch,RelearnLimitExceeded, RxProtSrcMac, ParentIfAdminDown, TodResourceUnavail, TodMssResourceUnavail, SapParamMismatch, ServiceMTUTooSmall, SapIngressNamedPoolMismatch, SapEgressNamedPoolMismatch, NoSapEpipeRingNode. |
|
Last Status Change |
Specifies the time of the most recent operating status change to this SAP. |
|
Last Mgmt Change |
Specifies the time of the most recent management-initiated change to this SAP. |
|
Admin MTU |
The configured largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through the SAP to the far-end router without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
|
Oper MTU |
The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through the SAP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
|
Ingress qos-policy |
The ingress QoS policy ID assigned to the SAP. |
|
Egress qos-policy |
The egress QoS policy ID assigned to the SAP. |
|
Ingress Filter-Id |
The ingress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP. |
|
Table-based |
Indicates the use of table-based resource classification: Enabled (table-based) or Disabled (CAM-based). |
|
Egress Filter-Id |
The egress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP. |
|
Acct. Pol |
The accounting policy ID assigned to the SAP. |
|
Collect Stats |
Specifies whether collect stats is enabled. |
|
Dropped |
The number of packets and octets dropped because of SAP state, ingress MAC or IP filter, same segment discard, bad checksum, and so on. |
|
Off. HiPrio |
The number of high priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, offered by the Pchip to the Qchip. |
|
Off. LowPrio |
The number of low priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, offered by the Pchip to the Qchip. |
|
Off. Uncolor |
The number of uncolored packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, offered by the Pchip to the Qchip. |
|
Dro. HiPrio |
The number of high priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, dropped by the Qchip because of MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on. |
|
Dro. LowPrio |
The number of low priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, dropped by the Qchip because of MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on. |
|
For. InProf |
The number of in-profile packets and octets (rate below CIR) forwarded by the ingress Qchip. |
|
For. OutProf |
The number of out-of-profile packets and octets discarded by the egress Qchip because of MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on. |
|
Dro. InProf |
The number of in-profile packets and octets discarded by the egress Qchip because of MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on. |
|
Dro. OutProf |
The number of out-of-profile packets and octets discarded by the egress Qchip because of MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on. |
|
For. InProf |
The number of in-profile packets and octets (rate below CIR) forwarded by the egress Qchip. |
|
For. OutProf |
The number of out-of-profile packets and octets (rate above CIR) forwarded by the egress Qchip. |
|
Ingress TD Profile |
The profile ID applied to the ingress SAP. |
|
Egress TD Profile |
The profile ID applied to the egress SAP. |
|
Alarm Cell Handling |
The indication that OAM cells are being processed. |
|
AAL-5 Encap |
The AAL-5 encapsulation type. |
sdp
Syntax
sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-addr] [detail]
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays information for the SDPs associated with the service. If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SDPs is displayed.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Displays only information for the specified SDP ID.
- far-end ip-addr
Displays only SDPs matching with the specified far-end IP address.
- detail
Displays detailed SDP information.
Output
The following output is an example of SDP information, and Output fields: service ID SDP describes the output fields.
Sample outputA:Dut-A# show service id 1 sdp detail
===============================================================================
Services: Service Destination Points Details
===============================================================================
Sdp Id 1:1 -(10.20.1.2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description : Default sdp description
SDP Id : 1:1 Type : Spoke
VC Type : Ether VC Tag : n/a
Admin Path MTU : 0 Oper Path MTU : 9186
Far End : 10.20.1.2 Delivery : MPLS
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
Ingress Label : 2048 Egress Label : 2048
Ing mac Fltr : n/a Egr mac Fltr : n/a
Ing ip Fltr : n/a Egr ip Fltr : n/a
Ing ipv6 Fltr : n/a Egr ipv6 Fltr : n/a
Admin ControlWord : Not Preferred Oper ControlWord : False
Last Status Change : 05/31/2007 00:45:43 Signaling : None
Last Mgmt Change : 05/31/2007 00:45:43
Class Fwding State : Up
Flags : None
Peer Pw Bits : None
Peer Fault Ip : None
Peer Vccv CV Bits : None
Peer Vccv CC Bits : None
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit Total MAC Addr : 0
Learned MAC Addr : 0 Static MAC Addr : 0
MAC Learning : Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
MAC Aging : Enabled
L2PT Termination : Disabled BPDU Translation : Disabled
MAC Pinning : Disabled
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State : Disabled Oper State : Disabled
Hello Time : 10 Hello Msg Len : 0
Max Drop Count : 3 Hold Down Time : 10
Statistics :
I. Fwd. Pkts. : 0 I. Dro. Pkts. : 0
I. Fwd. Octs. : 0 I. Dro. Octs. : 0
E. Fwd. Pkts. : 0 E. Fwd. Octets : 0
MCAC Policy Name :
MCAC Max Unconst BW: no limit MCAC Max Mand BW : no limit
MCAC In use Mand BW: 0 MCAC Avail Mand BW: unlimited
MCAC In use Opnl BW: 0 MCAC Avail Opnl BW: unlimited
Associated LSP LIST :
Lsp Name : A_B_1
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m35s
Lsp Name : A_B_2
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m35s
Lsp Name : A_B_3
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s
Lsp Name : A_B_4
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s
Lsp Name : A_B_5
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s
Lsp Name : A_B_6
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s
Lsp Name : A_B_7
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s
Lsp Name : A_B_8
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m35s
Lsp Name : A_B_9
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s
Lsp Name : A_B_10
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class-based forwarding :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class forwarding : enabled
Default LSP : A_B_10 Multicast LSP : A_B_9
===============================================================================
FC Mapping Table
===============================================================================
FC Name LSP Name
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
af A_B_3
be A_B_1
ef A_B_6
h1 A_B_7
h2 A_B_5
l1 A_B_4
l2 A_B_2
nc A_B_8
===============================================================================
Stp Service Destination Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move : Blockable
Stp Admin State : Up Stp Oper State : Down
Core Connectivity : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2049 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
Designated Bridge : N/A Designated Port Id: 0
Fwd Transitions : 0 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* indicates that the corresponding row element may have been truncated.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A:Dut-A# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Sdp Id |
The SDP identifier. |
|
Type |
Indicates whether the SDP is a spoke or a mesh. |
|
Split Horizon Group |
Name of the split horizon group that the SDP belongs to. |
|
VC Type |
Displays the VC type: ether or vlan. |
|
VC Tag |
Displays the explicit dot1Q value used when encapsulating to the SDP far end. |
|
I. Lbl |
The VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP. |
|
Admin Path MTU |
The operating path MTU of the SDP is equal to the admin path MTU (when one is set) or the dynamically computed tunnel MTU, when no admin path MTU is set (the default case). |
|
Oper Path MTU |
The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
|
Far End |
Specifies the IP address of the remote end of the MPLS tunnel defined by this SDP. |
|
Delivery |
Specifies the type of delivery used by the SDP: MPLS. |
|
Admin State |
The administrative state of this SDP. |
|
Oper State |
The operational state of this SDP. |
|
Ingress Label |
The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP. |
|
Egress Label |
The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP. |
|
Last Changed |
The date and time of the most recent change to the SDP. |
|
Signaling |
Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in frames transmitted and received on this SDP. |
|
Admin State |
The administrative state of the keepalive process. |
|
Oper State |
The operational state of the keepalive process. |
|
Hello Time |
Specifies how often the SDP echo request messages are transmitted on this SDP. |
|
Max Drop Count |
Specifies the maximum number of consecutive SDP echo request messages that can be unacknowledged before the keepalive protocol reports a fault. |
|
Hello Msg Len |
Specifies the length of the SDP echo request messages transmitted on this SDP. |
|
Hold Down Time |
Specifies the amount of time to wait before the keepalive operating status is eligible to enter the alive state. |
|
I. Fwd. Pkts. |
Specifies the number of forwarded ingress packets. |
|
I. Dro. Pkts. |
Specifies the number of dropped ingress packets. |
|
E. Fwd. Pkts. |
Specifies the number of forwarded egress packets. |
|
Associated LSP List |
When the SDP type is MPLS, a list of LSPs used to reach the far-end router displays. All the LSPs in the list must terminate at the IP address specified in the far-end field. |
aggregate
Syntax
aggregate [active]
Context
show>router
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays aggregated routes.
Parameters
- active
Keyword that filters out inactive aggregates.
Output
The following output is an example of aggregate route information, and Output fields: router aggregate describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show router 3 aggregate
==============================================================================
Aggregates (Service: 3)
==============================================================================
Prefix Summary AS Set Aggr AS Aggr IP-Address State
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of Aggregates: 0
-----------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12#| Label | Definition |
|---|---|
|
Prefix |
Displays the destination address of the aggregate route in dotted-decimal notation. |
|
Summary |
Specifies whether the aggregate or more specific components are advertised. |
|
AS Set |
Displays an aggregate where the path advertised for the route consists of all elements contained in all paths that are being summarized. |
|
Aggr AS |
Displays the aggregator path attribute to the aggregate route. |
|
Aggr IP-Address |
The IP address of the aggregated route. |
|
State |
The operational state of the aggregated route. |
|
No. of Aggregates |
The total number of aggregated routes. |
arp
Syntax
arp [ip-address | ip-int-name | mac ieee-mac-addr]
Context
show>router
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays the router ARP table sorted by IP address.
If no command line options are specified, all ARP entries are displayed.
Parameters
- ip-addr
Displays only ARP entries associated with the specified IP address.
- ip-int-name
Displays only ARP entries associated with the specified IP interface name.
- macieee-mac-addr
Displays only ARP entries associated with the specified MAC address.
Output
The following output is an example of router ARP table information, and Output fields: ARP table describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show router 3 arp
===============================================================================
ARP Table (Service: 3)
===============================================================================
IP Address MAC Address Expiry Type Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.10.103 04:67:ff:00:00:01 00h00m00s Oth system
10.10.4.3 00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth ALA-1-2
10.10.5.3 00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth ALA-1-3
10.10.7.3 00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth ALA-1-5
10.10.0.16 00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth bozo
10.10.3.3 00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth gizmo
10.10.2.3 00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth hobo
10.10.1.17 00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth int-cflowd
10.0.0.92 00:00:00:00:00:00 04h00m00s Dyn to-104
10.0.0.103 04:67:01:01:00:01 00h00m00s Oth[I] to-104
10.0.0.104 04:68:01:01:00:01 03h59m49s Dyn[I] to-104
10.10.36.2 00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth tuesday
192.168.2.98 00:03:47:c8:b4:86 00h14m37s Dyn[I] management
192.168.2.103 00:03:47:dc:98:1d 00h00m00s Oth[I] management
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of ARP Entries: 14
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 arp 10.10.0.3
===============================================================================
ARP Table
===============================================================================
IP Address MAC Address Expiry Type Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.0.3 04:5d:ff:00:00:00 00:00:00 Oth system
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 arp to-ser1
===============================================================================
ARP Table
===============================================================================
IP Address MAC Address Expiry Type Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.13.1 04:5b:01:01:00:02 03:53:09 Dyn to-ser1
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
IP Address |
The IP address of the ARP entry. |
|
MAC Address |
The MAC address of the ARP entry. |
|
Expiry |
The age of the ARP entry. |
|
Type |
Dyn The ARP entry is a dynamic ARP entry. |
|
Inv The ARP entry is an inactive static ARP entry (invalid). |
|
|
Oth The ARP entry is a local or system ARP entry. |
|
|
Sta The ARP entry is an active static ARP entry. |
|
|
Interface |
The IP interface name associated with the ARP entry. |
|
No. of ARP Entries |
The number of ARP entries displayed in the list. |
damping
Syntax
damping [ip-prefix/mask | ip-address] [detail]
damping [damp-type] [detail]
Context
show>router>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays BGP routes with have been dampened because of route flapping. This command can be entered with or without a route parameter.
Include the detail keyword to display more information.
When only the command is entered (without any parameters included except detail), all dampened routes are listed.
When a parameter is specified, the matching route or routes are listed.
When a decayed, history, or suppressed keyword is specified, only those types of dampened routes are listed.
Parameters
- ip-prefix/mask
Displays damping information for the specified IP prefix and mask length.
- ip-address
Displays the damping entry for the best match route for the specified IP address.
- damp-type
Displays the damping type for the specified IP address.
- decayed
Displays damping entries that are decayed but are not suppressed.
- history
Displays damping entries that are withdrawn but have history.
- suppressed
Displays damping entries suppressed because of route damping.
- detail
Displays detailed information.
Output
The following output is an example of BGP damping, and Output fields: BGP damping describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp damping
==============================================================================
BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.14 AS : 65206 Local AS : 65206
==============================================================================
Legend -
Status codes : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * - valid
Origin codes : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, - best
==============================================================================
BGP Damped Routes
==============================================================================
Flag Network From Reuse AS-Path
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ud*i 10.149.7.0/24 10.0.28.1 00h00m00s 60203 65001 19855 3356
1239 22406
si 19.155.6.0/23 10.0.28.1 00h43m41s 60203 65001 19855 3356
2914 7459
si 10.155.8.0/22 10.0.28.1 00h38m31s 60203 65001 19855 3356
2914 7459
si 10.155.12.0/22 10.0.28.1 00h35m41s 60203 65001 19855 3356
2914 7459
si 10.155.22.0/23 10.0.28.1 00h35m41s 60203 65001 19855 3356
2914 7459
si 10.155.24.0/22 10.0.28.1 00h35m41s 60203 65001 19855 3356
2914 7459
si 10.155.28.0/22 10.0.28.1 00h34m31s 60203 65001 19855 3356
2914 7459
si 10.155.40.0/21 10.0.28.1 00h28m24s 60203 65001 19855 3356
7911 7459
si 10.155.48.0/20 10.0.28.1 00h28m24s 60203 65001 19855 3356
7911 7459
ud*i 10.8.140.0/24 10.0.28.1 00h00m00s 60203 65001 19855 3356
4637 17447
ud*i 10.8.141.0/24 10.0.28.1 00h00m00s 60203 65001 19855 3356
4637 17447
ud*i 10.9.0.0/18 10.0.28.1 00h00m00s 60203 65001 19855 3356
3561 9658 6163
. . .
ud*i 10.213.184.0/23 10.0.28.1 00h00m00s 60203 65001 19855 3356
6774 6774 9154
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp damping detail
==============================================================================
BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.14 AS : 65206 Local AS : 65206
==============================================================================
Legend -
Status codes : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * -
valid
Origin codes : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, - best
==============================================================================
BGP Damped Routes
==============================================================================
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.149.7.0/24
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.149.7.0/24 Peer : 10.0.28.1
NextHop : 10.0.28.1 Reuse time : 00h00m00s
Peer AS : 60203 Peer Router-Id : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref : none
Age : 00h22m09s Last update : 02d00h58m
FOM Present : 738 FOM Last upd. : 2039
Number of Flaps : 2 Flags : ud*i
Path : 60203 65001 19855 3356 1239 22406
Applied Policy : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.142.48.0/20
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.142.48.0/20 Peer : 10.0.28.1
NextHop : 10.0.28.1 Reuse time : 00h00m00s
Peer AS : 60203 Peer Router-Id : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref : none
Age : 00h00m38s Last update : 02d01h20m
FOM Present : 2011 FOM Last upd. : 2023
Number of Flaps : 2 Flags : ud*i
Path : 60203 65001 19855 3356 3561 5551 1889
Applied Policy : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.200.128.0/19
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.200.128.0/19 Peer : 10.0.28.1
NextHop : 10.0.28.1 Reuse time : 00h00m00s
Peer AS : 60203 Peer Router-Id : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref : none
Age : 00h00m38s Last update : 02d01h20m
FOM Present : 2011 FOM Last upd. : 2023
Number of Flaps : 2 Flags : ud*i
Path : 60203 65001 19855 1299 702 1889
Applied Policy : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.203.192.0/18
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.203.192.0/18 Peer : 10.0.28.1
NextHop : 10.0.28.1 Reuse time : 00h00m00s
Peer AS : 60203 Peer Router-Id : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref : none
Age : 00h00m07s Last update : 02d01h20m
FOM Present : 1018 FOM Last upd. : 1024
Number of Flaps : 1 Flags : ud*i
Path : 60203 65001 19855 1299 702 1889
Applied Policy : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp damping 10.203.192.0/18 detail
==============================================================================
BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.14 AS : 65206 Local AS : 65206
==============================================================================
Legend -
Status codes : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * - valid
Origin codes : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, - best
==============================================================================
BGP Damped Routes 10.203.192.0/18
==============================================================================
Network : 10.203.192.0/18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.203.192.0/18 Peer : 10.0.28.1
NextHop : 10.0.28.1 Reuse time : 00h00m00s
Peer AS : 60203 Peer Router-Id : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref : none
Age : 00h00m42s Last update : 02d01h20m
FOM Present : 2003 FOM Last upd. : 2025
Number of Flaps : 2 Flags : ud*i
Path : 60203 65001 19855 3356 702 1889
Applied Policy : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Paths : 1
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp damping suppressed detail
==============================================================================
BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.14 AS : 65206 Local AS : 65206
==============================================================================
Legend -
Status codes : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * - valid
Origin codes : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, - best
==============================================================================
BGP Damped Routes (Suppressed)
==============================================================================
Network : 10.142.48.0/20
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.142.48.0/20 Peer : 10.0.28.1
NextHop : 10.0.28.1 Reuse time : 00h29m22s
Peer AS : 60203 Peer Router-Id : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref : none
Age : 00h01m28s Last update : 02d01h20m
FOM Present : 2936 FOM Last upd. : 3001
Number of Flaps : 3 Flags : si
Path : 60203 65001 19855 3356 702 1889
Applied Policy : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.200.128.0/19
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.200.128.0/19 Peer : 10.0.28.1
NextHop : 10.0.28.1 Reuse time : 00h29m22s
Peer AS : 60203 Peer Router-Id : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref : none
Age : 00h01m28s Last update : 02d01h20m
FOM Present : 2936 FOM Last upd. : 3001
Number of Flaps : 3 Flags : si
Path : 60203 65001 19855 3356 702 1889
Applied Policy : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.203.240.0/20
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.203.240.0/20 Peer : 10.0.28.1
NextHop : 10.0.28.1 Reuse time : 00h29m22s
Peer AS : 60203 Peer Router-Id : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref : none
Age : 00h01m28s Last update : 02d01h20m
FOM Present : 2936 FOM Last upd. : 3001
Number of Flaps : 3 Flags : si
Path : 60203 65001 19855 3356 702 1889
Applied Policy : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.206.0.0/17
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.206.0.0/17 Peer : 10.0.28.1
NextHop : 10.0.28.1 Reuse time : 00h29m22s
Peer AS : 60203 Peer Router-Id : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref : none
Age : 00h01m28s Last update : 02d01h20m
FOM Present : 2936 FOM Last upd. : 3001
Number of Flaps : 3 Flags : si
Path : 60203 65001 19855 3356 702 1889
Applied Policy : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12#| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
BGP Router ID |
The local BGP router ID. |
|
AS |
The configured AS number. |
|
Local AS |
The configured or inherited local AS for the specified peer group. If not configured, it is the same value as the AS. |
|
Network |
Route IP prefix and mask length for the route. |
|
Flags |
Legend: Status codes: u- used, s-suppressed, h-history, d-decayed, *-valid. If a * is not present, then the status is invalid. Origin codes: i-IGP, e-EGP, ?-incomplete, >-best |
|
Network |
The IP prefix and mask length for the route. |
|
From |
The originator ID path attribute value. |
|
Reuse time |
The time when a suppressed route can be used again. |
|
AS Path |
The BGP AS path for the route. |
|
Peer |
The router ID of the advertising router. |
|
NextHop |
BGP next hop for the route. |
|
Peer AS |
The AS number of the advertising router. |
|
Peer Router-Id |
The router ID of the advertising router. |
|
Local Pref |
BGP local preference path attribute for the route. |
|
Age |
The time elapsed after the service was enabled. |
|
Last update |
The time when BGP was updated last in second/minute/hour (SS:MM:HH) format. |
|
FOM Present |
The current Figure of Merit (FOM) value. |
|
Number of Flaps |
The number of flaps in the neighbor connection. |
|
Reuse time |
The time when the route can be reused. |
|
Path |
The BGP AS path for the route. |
|
Applied Policy |
The applied route policy name. |
group
Syntax
group [name] [detail]
Context
show>router>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays group information for a BGP peer group. This command can be entered with or without parameters.
When this command is entered without a group name, information about all peer groups displays.
When the command is issued with a specific group name, only information pertaining to that specific peer group is displayed.
The ‟State” field displays the BGP group operational state. Other valid states are the following:
Up
BGP global process is configured and running.
Down
BGP global process is administratively shutdown and not running.
Disabled
BGP global process is operationally disabled. The process must be restarted by the operator.
Parameters
- name
Displays information for the BGP group specified.
- detail
Displays detailed information.
Output
The following output is an example of BGP peer group information, and Output fields: BGP group describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp group
===============================================================================
BGP Groups
===============================================================================
Group : To_AS_40000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description : Not Available
Group Type : No Type State : Up
Peer AS : 40000 Local AS : 65206
Local Address : n/a Loop Detect : Ignore
Export Policy : direct2bgp
Hold Time : 90 Keep Alive : 30
Cluster Id : None Client Reflect : Enabled
NLRI : Unicast Preference : 170
List of Peers
- 10.0.0.1 : To_Jukebox
- 10.0.0.12 : Not Available
- 10.0.0.13 : Not Available
- 10.0.0.14 : To_ALA-1
- 10.0.0.15 : To_H-215
Total Peers : 5 Established : 2
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Group |
BGP group name. |
|
Group Type |
No Type Peer type not configured. |
|
External Peer type configured as external BGP peers. |
|
|
Internal Peer type configured as internal BGP peers. |
|
|
State |
Disabled The BGP peer group has been operationally disabled. |
|
Down The BGP peer group is operationally inactive. |
|
|
Up The BGP peer group is operationally active. |
|
|
Peer AS |
The configured or inherited peer AS for the specified peer group. |
|
Local AS |
The configured or inherited local AS for the specified peer group. |
|
Local Address |
The configured or inherited local address for originating peering for the specified peer group. |
|
Loop Detect |
The configured or inherited loop detect setting for the specified peer group. |
|
Connect Retry |
The configured or inherited connect retry timer value. |
|
Authentication |
|
|
None No authentication is configured. |
|
|
MD5 MD5 authentication is configured. |
|
|
Local Pref |
The configured or inherited local preference value. |
|
MED Out |
The configured or inherited MED value assigned to advertised routes without a MED attribute. |
|
Min Route Advt. |
The minimum amount of time that must pass between route updates for the same IP prefix. |
|
Min AS Originate |
The minimum amount of time that must pass between updates for a route originated by the local router. |
|
Multihop |
The maximum number of router hops a BGP connection can traverse. |
|
Multipath |
The configured or inherited multipath value, determining the maximum number of ECMP routes BGP can advertise to the RTM. |
|
Prefix Limit |
No Limit No route limit assigned to the BGP peer group. |
|
1 to 4294967295 The maximum number of routes BGP can learn from a peer. |
|
|
Passive |
Disabled BGP attempts to establish BGP connections with neighbors in the specified peer group. |
|
Enabled BGP does not actively attempt to establish BGP connections with neighbors in the specified peer group. |
|
|
Next Hop Self |
Disabled BGP is not configured to send only its own IP address as the BGP next hop in route updates to neighbors in the peer group. |
|
Enabled BGP sends only its own IP address as the BGP nexthop in route updates to neighbors in the specified peer group. |
|
|
Aggregator ID 0 |
Disabled BGP is not configured to set the aggregator ID to 0.0.0.0 in all originated route aggregates sent to the neighbor in the peer group. |
|
Enabled BGP is configured to set the aggregator ID to 0.0.0.0 in all originated route aggregates sent to the neighbor in the peer group. |
|
|
Remove Private |
Disabled BGP does not remove all private AS numbers from the AS path attribute in updates sent to the neighbor in the peer group. |
|
Enabled BGP removes all private AS numbers from the AS path attribute in updates sent to the neighbor in the peer group. |
|
|
Damping |
Disabled The peer group is configured not to dampen route flaps. |
|
Enabled The peer group is configured to dampen route flaps. |
|
|
Export Policy |
The configured export policies for the peer group. |
|
Import Policy |
The configured import policies for the peer group. |
|
Hold Time |
The configured hold time setting. |
|
Keep Alive |
The configured keepalive setting. |
|
Cluster Id |
None No cluster ID has been configured. |
|
Client Reflect |
Disabled The BGP route reflector does not reflect routes to this neighbor. |
|
Enabled The BGP route reflector is configured to reflect routes to this neighbor. |
|
|
NLRI |
The type of NLRI information that the specified peer group can accept. |
|
Unicast IPv4 unicast routing information can be carried. |
|
|
Preference |
The configured route preference value for the peer group. |
|
List of Peers |
A list of BGP peers configured under the peer group. |
|
Total Peers |
The total number of peers configured under the peer group. |
|
Established |
The total number of peers that are in an established state. |
neighbor
Syntax
neighbor [ip-address [[family family] filter1]]
neighbor [as-number [[family family] filter2]]
Context
show>router>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays BGP neighbor information. This command can be entered with or without parameters. When this command is issued without parameters, information about all BGP peers displays.
When the command is issued with a specific IP address or ASN, only information for that specific peer or peers with the same AS is displayed.
When either received-routes or advertised-routes is specified, the routes received from or sent to the specified peer is listed (see second output example). This information is not available by SNMP.
When either history or suppressed is specified, the routes learned from those peers that either have a history or are suppressed (respectively) are listed.
The ‟State” field displays the BGP peer protocol state. In additional to the standard protocol states, this field can also display the ‟Disabled” operational state, which indicates the peer is operationally disabled and must be restarted by the operator.
Parameters
- ip-addr
Displays the BGP neighbor with the specified IP address.
- family family
Specifies the type of routing information to be distributed by the BGP instance.
- filter1
Specifies route criteria.
- filter2
Specifies route criteria.
Output
The following outputs are examples of BGP neighbor information, and the associated tables describe the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp neighbor
===============================================================================
BGP Neighbor
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer : 10.0.0.15 Group : To_AS_40000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer AS : 65205
Peer Address : 10.0.0.15 Peer Port : 0
Local AS : 65206
Local Address : 10.0.0.16 Local Port : 0
Peer Type : External
State : Active Last State : Connect
Last Event : openFail
Last Error : Hold Timer Expire
Hold Time : 90 Keep Alive : 30
Active Hold Time : 0 Active Keep Alive: 0
Cluster Id : None
Preference : 170 Num of Flaps : 0
Recd. Prefixes : 0 Active Prefixes : 0
Recd. Paths : 0 Suppressed Paths : 0
Input Queue : 0 Output Queue : 0
i/p Messages : 0 o/p Messages : 0
i/p Octets : 0 o/p Octets : 0
i/p Updates : 0 o/p Updates : 0
Export Policy : direct2bgp
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp neighbor detail
===============================================================================
BGP Neighbor (detail)
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer : 10.0.0.15 Group : To_AS_40000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer AS : 65205
Peer Address : 10.0.0.15 Peer Port : 0
Local AS : 65206
Local Address : 10.0.0.16 Local Port : 0
Peer Type : External
State : Active Last State : Connect
Last Event : openFail
Last Error : Hold Timer Expire
Connect Retry : 20 Local Pref. : 100
Min Route Advt. : 30 Min AS Orig. : 15
Multipath : 1 Multihop : 5
Damping : Disabled Loop Detect : Ignore
MED Out : No MED Out Authentication : None
Next Hop Self : Disabled AggregatorID Zero: Disabled
Remove Private : Disabled Passive : Disabled
Prefix Limit : No Limit
Hold Time : 90 Keep Alive : 30
Active Hold Time : 0 Active Keep Alive: 0
Cluster Id : None Client Reflect : Enabled
Preference : 170 Num of Flaps : 0
Recd. Prefixes : 0 Active Prefixes : 0
Recd. Paths : 0 Suppressed Paths : 0
Input Queue : 0 Output Queue : 0
i/p Messages : 0 o/p Messages : 0
i/p Octets : 0 o/p Octets : 0
i/p Updates : 0 o/p Updates : 0
Export Policy : direct2bgp
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Peer |
The IP address of the configured BGP peer. |
|
Group |
The BGP peer group to which this peer is assigned. |
|
Peer AS |
The configured or inherited peer AS for the peer group. |
|
Peer Address |
The configured address for the BGP peer. |
|
Peer Port |
The TCP port number used on the far-end system. |
|
Local AS |
The configured or inherited local AS for the peer group. |
|
Local Address |
The configured or inherited local address for originating peering for the peer group. |
|
Local Port |
The TCP port number used on the local system. |
|
Peer Type |
External Peer type configured as external BGP peers. |
|
Internal Peer type configured as internal BGP peers. |
|
|
State |
Idle The BGP peer is not accepting connections. |
|
Active BGP is listening for and accepting TCP connections from this peer. |
|
|
Connect BGP is attempting to establish a TCP connection from this peer. |
|
|
Open Sent BGP has sent an OPEN message to the peer and is waiting for an OPEN message from the peer. |
|
|
Open Confirm BGP has received a valid OPEN message from the peer and is awaiting a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION. |
|
|
Established BGP has successfully established a peering and is exchanging routing information. |
|
|
Last State |
Idle The BGP peer is not accepting connections. |
|
Active BGP is listening for and accepting TCP connections from this peer. |
|
|
Connect BGP is attempting to establish a TCP connection with this peer. |
|
|
Connect BGP is attempting to establish a TCP connections from this peer. |
|
|
Open Sent BGP has sent an OPEN message to the peer and is waiting for an OPEN message from the peer. |
|
|
Open Confirm BGP has received a valid OPEN message from the peer and is awaiting a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION. |
|
|
Open Confirm BGP has received a valid OPEN message from the peer and is awaiting a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION. |
|
|
Last Event |
start BGP has initialized the BGP neighbor. |
|
stop BGP has disabled the BGP neighbor. |
|
|
open BGP transport connection opened. |
|
|
close BGP transport connection closed. |
|
|
openFail BGP transport connection failed to open. |
|
|
error BGP transport connection error. |
|
|
connectRetry Connect retry timer expired. |
|
|
holdTime Hold time timer expired. |
|
|
keepAlive Keepalive timer expired. |
|
|
recvOpen Receive an OPEN message. |
|
|
revKeepalive Receive an KEEPALIVE message. |
|
|
recvUpdate Receive an UPDATE message. |
|
|
recvNotify Receive an NOTIFICATION message. |
|
|
None No events have occurred. |
|
|
Last Error |
Displays the last BGP error and sub-code to occur on the BGP neighbor. |
|
Connect Retry |
The configured or inherited connect retry timer value. |
|
Local Pref. |
The configured or inherited local preference value. |
|
Min Route Advt. |
The minimum amount of time that must pass between route updates for the same IP prefix. |
|
Min AS Originate |
The minimum amount of time that must pass between updates for a route originated by the local router. |
|
Multihop |
The maximum number of router hops a BGP connection can traverse. |
|
Multipath |
The configured or inherited multipath value, determining the maximum number of ECMP routes BGP can advertise to the RTM. |
|
Damping |
Disabled BGP neighbor is configured not to dampen route flaps. |
|
Enabled BGP neighbor is configured to dampen route flaps. |
|
|
Loop Detect |
Ignore The BGP neighbor is configured to ignore routes with an AS loop. |
|
Drop The BGP neighbor is configured to drop the BGP peering if an AS loop is detected. |
|
|
Off AS loop detection is disabled for the neighbor. |
|
|
MED Out |
The configured or inherited MED value assigned to advertised routes without a MED attribute. |
|
Authentication |
None No authentication is configured. |
|
MD5 MD5 authentication is configured. |
|
|
Next Hop Self |
Disabled BGP is not configured to send only its own IP address as the BGP next hop in route updates to the specified neighbor. |
|
Enabled BGP sends only its own IP address as the BGP next-hop in route updates to the neighbor. |
|
|
AggregatorID Zero |
Disabled The BGP Neighbor is not configured to set the aggregator ID to 0.0.0.0 in all originated route aggregates. |
|
Enabled The BGP Neighbor is configured to set the aggregator ID to 0.0.0.0 in all originated route aggregates. |
|
|
Remove Private |
Disabled BGP does not remove all private AS numbers from the AS path attribute, in updates sent to the specified neighbor. |
|
Enabled BGP removes all private AS numbers from the AS path attribute, in updates sent to the specified neighbor. |
|
|
Passive |
Disabled BGP actively attempts to establish a BGP connection with the specified neighbor. |
|
Enabled BGP does not actively attempt to establish a BGP connection with the specified neighbor. |
|
|
Prefix Limit |
No Limit No route limit assigned to the BGP peer group. |
|
1 to 4294967295 The maximum number of routes BGP can learn from a peer. |
|
|
Hold Time |
The configured hold time setting. |
|
Keep Alive |
The configured keepalive setting. |
|
Active Hold Time |
The negotiated hold time, if the BGP neighbor is in an established state. |
|
Active Keep Alive |
The negotiated keepalive time, if the BGP neighbor is in an established state. |
|
Cluster Id |
The configured route reflector cluster ID. None No cluster ID has been configured |
|
Client Reflect |
Disabled The BGP route reflector is configured not to reflect routes to this neighbor. |
|
Enabled The BGP route reflector is configured to reflect routes to this neighbor. |
|
|
Preference |
The configured route preference value for the peer group. |
|
Num of Flaps |
The number of flaps in the neighbor connection. |
|
Recd. Prefixes |
The number of routes received from the BGP neighbor. |
|
Active Prefixes |
The number of routes received from the BGP neighbor and active in the forwarding table. |
|
Recd. Paths |
The number of unique sets of path attributes received from the BGP neighbor. |
|
Suppressed Paths |
The number of unique sets of path attributes received from the BGP neighbor and suppressed because of route damping. |
|
Input Queue |
The number of BGP messages to be processed. |
|
Output Queue |
The number of BGP messages to be transmitted. |
|
i/p Messages |
Total number of packets received from the BGP neighbor. |
|
o/p Messages |
Total number of packets sent to the BGP neighbor. |
|
i/p Octets |
Total number of octets received from the BGP neighbor. |
|
o/p Octets |
Total number of octets sent to the BGP neighbor. |
|
i/p Updates |
Total number of BGP updates received from the BGP neighbor. |
|
o/p Updates |
Total number of BGP updates sent to the BGP neighbor. |
|
Export Policy |
The configured export policies for the peer group. |
|
Import Policy |
The configured import policies for the peer group. |
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp neighbor 10.0.0.16 received-routes
==============================================================================
BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.16 AS : 65206 Local AS : 65206
===============================================================================
Legend -
Status codes : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * - valid
Origin codes : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, > - best
===============================================================================
BGP Neighbor
===============================================================================
Flag Network Nexthop LocalPref MED As-Path
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
? 10.0.0.16/32 10.0.0.16 100 none No As-Path
? 10.0.6.0/24 10.0.0.16 100 none No As-Path
? 10.0.8.0/24 10.0.0.16 100 none No As-Path
? 10.0.12.0/24 10.0.0.16 100 none No As-Path
? 10.0.13.0/24 10.0.0.16 100 none No As-Path
? 10.0.204.0/24 10.0.0.16 100 none No As-Path
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
BGP Router ID |
The local BGP router ID. |
|
AS |
The configured AS number. |
|
Local AS |
The configured local AS setting. If not configured, it is the same value as the AS. |
|
Flag |
u used |
|
s suppressed |
|
|
h history |
|
|
d decayed |
|
|
* valid |
|
|
i igp |
|
|
? incomplete |
|
|
> best |
|
|
Network |
Route IP prefix and mask length for the route. |
|
Next Hop |
BGP next hop for the route. |
|
LocalPref |
BGP local preference path attribute for the route. |
|
MED |
BGP Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) path attribute for the route. |
|
AS Path |
The BGP AS path for the route. |
*A:7210SAS>show>service>id# show service id 1 base
===============================================================================
Service Basic Information
===============================================================================
Service Id : 1 Vpn Id : 0
Service Type : VPRN
Name : (Not Specified)
Description : Default Description For VPRN ID 1
Customer Id : 1
Last Status Change: 01/08/2000 22:57:35
Last Mgmt Change : 01/08/2000 22:57:35
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Route Dist. : 100:1 VPRN Type : regular
AS Number : 100 Router Id : 1.1.1.1
ECMP : Enabled ECMP Max Routes : 1
Max IPv4 Routes : No Limit Auto Bind : MPLS
Max IPv6 Routes : No Limit
Ignore NH Metric : Disabled
Hash Label : Disabled
Vrf Target : target:200:1
Vrf Import : None
Vrf Export : None
MVPN Vrf Target : None
MVPN Vrf Import : None
MVPN Vrf Export : None
Label mode : vrf
BGP VPN Backup : ipv4 ipv6
SAP Count : 1 SDP Bind Count : 3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Access & Destination Points
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifier Type AdmMTU OprMTU Adm Opr
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/2:1 q-tag 9212 9212 Up Up
sdp:1002:1 S(2.2.2.2) Spok 0 9186 Up Up
sdp:1003:1 S(3.3.3.3) Spok 0 9186 Up Up
sdp:1004:1 S(4.4.4.4) Spok 0 9186 Up Up
===============================================================================
*A:7210SAS>show>service>id# *A:7210SAS# show router bgp neighbor 2.2.2.2
===============================================================================
BGP Neighbor
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer : 2.2.2.2
Group : toPE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer AS : 100 Peer Port : 50854
Peer Address : 10.2.2.2
Local AS : 100 Local Port : 179
Local Address : 10.1.1.1
Peer Type : Internal
State : Established Last State : Established
Last Event : recvKeepAlive
Last Error : Cease (Connection Collision Resolution)
Local Family : IPv4 VPN-IPv4 IPv6 VPN-IPv6
Remote Family : IPv4 VPN-IPv4 IPv6 VPN-IPv6
Hold Time : 90 Keep Alive : 30
Min Hold Time : 0
Active Hold Time : 90 Active Keep Alive : 30
Cluster Id : None
Preference : 170 Num of Update Flaps : 0
Recd. Paths : 0
IPv4 Recd. Prefixes : 0 IPv4 Active Prefixes : 0
IPv4 Suppressed Pfxs : 0 VPN-IPv4 Suppr. Pfxs : 0
VPN-IPv4 Recd. Pfxs : 0 VPN-IPv4 Active Pfxs : 0
Mc IPv4 Recd. Pfxs. : 0 Mc IPv4 Active Pfxs. : 0
Mc IPv4 Suppr. Pfxs : 0 IPv6 Suppressed Pfxs : 0
IPv6 Recd. Prefixes : 0 IPv6 Active Prefixes : 0
VPN-IPv6 Recd. Pfxs : 0 VPN-IPv6 Active Pfxs : 0
VPN-IPv6 Suppr. Pfxs : 0 L2-VPN Suppr. Pfxs : 0
L2-VPN Recd. Pfxs : 0 L2-VPN Active Pfxs : 0
MVPN-IPv4 Suppr. Pfxs: 0 MVPN-IPv4 Recd. Pfxs : 0
MVPN-IPv4 Active Pfxs: 0 MDT-SAFI Suppr. Pfxs : 0
MDT-SAFI Recd. Pfxs : 0 MDT-SAFI Active Pfxs : 0
FLOW-IPV4-SAFI Suppr*: 0 FLOW-IPV4-SAFI Recd.*: 0
FLOW-IPV4-SAFI Activ*: 0 Rte-Tgt Suppr. Pfxs : 0
Rte-Tgt Recd. Pfxs : 0 Rte-Tgt Active Pfxs : 0
Backup IPv4 Pfxs : 0 Backup IPv6 Pfxs : 0
Mc Vpn Ipv4 Recd. Pf*: 0 Mc Vpn Ipv4 Active P*: 0
Backup Vpn IPv4 Pfxs : 0 Backup Vpn IPv6 Pfxs : 0
Input Queue : 0 Output Queue : 0
i/p Messages : 9042 o/p Messages : 65
i/p Octets : 111 o/p Octets : 278
i/p Updates : 0 o/p Updates : 0
TTL Security : Disabled Min TTL Value : n/a
Graceful Restart : Disabled Stale Routes Time : n/a
Advertise Inactive : Disabled Peer Tracking : Disabled
Advertise Label : ipv4 ipv6
Auth key chain : n/a
Disable Cap Nego : Disabled Bfd Enabled : Enabled
Flowspec Validate : Disabled Default Route Tgt : Disabled
L2 VPN Cisco Interop : Disabled
Local Capability : RtRefresh MPBGP 4byte ASN
Remote Capability : RtRefresh MPBGP 4byte ASN
Local AddPath Capabi*: Send - VPN-IPv4 (1) VPN-IPv6 (4)
: Receive - VPN-IPv6
Remote AddPath Capab*: Send - VPN-IPv6
: Receive - VPN-IPv4 VPN-IPv6
Import Policy : None Specified / Inherited
Export Policy : P1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Neighbors : 1
===============================================================================
* indicates that the corresponding row element may have been truncated.
*A:7210SAS# paths
Syntax
paths
Context
show>router>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays a summary of BGP path attributes.
Output
The following output is an example of BGP path information, and Output fields: BGP paths describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp paths
==============================================================================
BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.14 AS : 65206 Local AS : 65206
==============================================================================
BGP Paths
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Path: 60203 65001 19855 3356 15412
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Origin : IGP Next Hop : 10.0.28.1
MED : 60203 Local Preference : none
Refs : 4 ASes : 5
Segments : 1
Flags : EBGP-learned
Aggregator : 15412 62.216.140.1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Path: 60203 65001 19855 3356 1 1236 1236 1236 1236
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Origin : IGP Next Hop : 10.0.28.1
MED : 60203 Local Preference : none
Refs : 2 ASes : 9
Segments : 1
Flags : EBGP-learned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
BGP Router ID |
The local BGP router ID. |
|
AS |
The configured autonomous system number. |
|
Local AS |
The configured local AS setting. If not configured, the value is the same as the AS. |
|
Path |
The AS path attribute. |
|
Origin |
EGP The NLRI is learned by an EGP protocol. |
|
IGP The NLRI is interior to the originating AS. |
|
|
INCOMPLETE NLRI was learned another way. |
|
|
Next Hop |
The advertised BGP next hop. |
|
MED |
The Multi-Exit Discriminator value. |
|
Local Preference |
The local preference value. |
|
Refs |
The number of routes using a specified set of path attributes. |
|
ASes |
The number of autonomous system numbers in the AS path attribute. |
|
Segments |
The number of segments in the AS path attribute. |
|
Flags |
eBGP-learned Path attributes learned by an eBGP peering. |
|
iBGP-Learned Path attributes learned by an iBGP peering. |
|
|
Aggregator |
The route aggregator ID. |
|
Community |
The BGP community attribute list. |
|
Originator ID |
The originator ID path attribute value. |
|
Cluster List |
The route reflector cluster list. |
routes
Syntax
routes [family family] [prefix [detail | longer]]
routes [family family] [prefix [hunt | brief]]
routes [family family] [community comm-id]
routes [family family] [aspath-regex reg-ex1]
routes [family family] [ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length] [detail | longer] | [hunt [brief]]]
Context
show>router>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays BGP route information.
When this command is issued without any parameters, the entire BGP routing table displays.
When this command is issued with an IP prefix/mask or IP address, the best match for the parameter displays.
Parameters
- family family
Specifies the type of routing information to be distributed by the BGP instance.
- prefix
Specifies the type of routing information to display.
- filter
Specifies route criteria.
- aspath-regex ‟reg-exp”
Displays all routes with an AS path matching the specified regular expression reg-exp.
- community comm.-id
Displays all routes with the specified BGP community.
Output
The following outputs are examples of BGP route information, and Output fields: BGP routes describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12>config>router>bgp# show router 3 bgp routes family ipv4
==============================================================================
BGP Router ID : 10.10.10.103 AS : 200 Local AS : 200
==============================================================================
Legend -
Status codes : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * - valid
Origin codes : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, > - best
==============================================================================
BGP Routes
==============================================================================
Flag Network Nexthop LocalPref MED
VPN Label As-Path
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Matching Entries Found
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12>config>router>bgp#
A:SR-12# show router bgp routes 10.0.0.0/31 hunt
===============================================================================
BGP Router ID : 10.20.1.1 AS : 100Local AS : 100
===============================================================================
Legend -
Status codes : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * - valid
Origin codes : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, > - best
===============================================================================
BGP Routes
===============================================================================
RIB In Entries
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.0.0.0/31
Nexthop : 10.20.1.2
Route Dist. : 10.20.1.2:1VPN Label: 131070
From : 10.20.1.2
Res. Nexthop : 10.10.1.2
Local Pref. : 100Interface Name: to-sr7
Aggregator AS : noneAggregator: none
Atomic Aggr. : Not AtomicMED: none
Community : target:10.20.1.2:1
Cluster : No Cluster Members
Originator Id : NonePeer Router Id: 10.20.1.2
Flags : Used Valid Best IGP
AS-Path : No As-Path
VPRN Imported : 1 2 10 12
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RIB Out Entries
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Routes : 1
===============================================================================
A:SR-12# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
BGP Router ID |
The local BGP router ID. |
|
AS |
The configured AS number. |
|
Local AS |
The configured local AS setting; if not configured, it is the same as the system AS. |
|
Network |
The IP prefix and mask length. |
|
Nexthop |
The BGP next hop. |
|
From |
The advertising BGP neighbor IP address. |
|
Res. Nexthop |
The resolved next hop. |
|
Local Pref. |
The local preference value. |
|
Flag |
u used |
|
s suppressed |
|
|
h history |
|
|
d decayed |
|
|
* valid |
|
|
i igp |
|
|
e egp |
|
|
? incomplete |
|
|
> best |
|
|
Aggregator AS |
The aggregator AS value. none No aggregator AS attributes are present. |
|
Aggregator |
The aggregator attribute value. none no Aggregator attributes are present. |
|
Atomic Aggr. |
Atomic The atomic aggregator flag is set. |
|
Not Atomic The atomic aggregator flag is not set. |
|
|
MED |
The MED metric value. none No MED metric is present. |
|
Community |
The BGP community attribute list. |
|
Cluster |
The route reflector cluster list. |
|
Originator Id |
The originator ID path attribute value. |
|
none The originator ID attribute is not present. |
|
|
Peer Router Id |
The router ID of the advertising router. |
|
AS-Path |
The BGP AS path attribute. |
|
VPRN Imported |
Displays the VPRNs where a particular BGP-VPN received route has been imported and installed. |
summary
Syntax
summary [all]
Context
show>router>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays a summary of BGP neighbor information.
If confederations are not configured, that portion of the output does not display.
The ‟State” field displays the global BGP operational state. The valid values are:
Up
BGP global process is configured and running.
Down
BGP global process is administratively shutdown and not running.
Disabled
BGP global process is operationally disabled. The process must be restarted by the operator.
For example, if a BGP peer is operationally disabled, the state in the summary table displays the state ‟Disabled”.
Parameters
- all
Displays BGP peers in all instances.
Output
The following output is an example of summary BGP information, and Output fields: BGP summary describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp summary
===============================================================================
BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.14 AS : 65206 Local AS : 65206
===============================================================================
BGP Admin State : Up BGP Oper State : Up
Confederation AS : 40000
Member Confederations : 65205 65206 65207 65208
Number of Peer Groups : 2 Number of Peers : 7
Total BGP Active Routes : 86689 Total BGP Routes : 116999
Total BGP Paths : 35860 Total Path Memory : 2749476
Total Supressed Routes : 0 Total History Routes : 0
Total Decayed Routes : 0
===============================================================================
BGP Summary
===============================================================================
Neighbor AS PktRcvd PktSent InQ OutQ Up/Down State|Recv/Actv/Sent
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.0.0.1 65206 5 21849 0 0 00h01m29s 32/0/86683
10.0.0.12 65206 0 0 0 0 00h01m29s Active
10.0.0.13 65206 5 10545 0 50 00h01m29s 6/0/86683
10.0.0.15 65205 0 0 0 0 00h01m29s Active
10.0.0.16 65206 5 9636 0 50 00h01m29s 6/0/86683
10.0.27.1 2 0 0 0 0 00h01m29s Active
10.0.28.1 60203 22512 15 0 0 00h01m29s 116955/86689/9
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
BGP Router ID |
The local BGP router ID. |
|
AS |
The configured autonomous system number. |
|
Local AS |
The configured local AS setting, if not configured it is the same as the system AS. |
|
BGP Admin State |
Down BGP is administratively disabled. |
|
Up BGP is administratively enabled. |
|
|
BGP Oper State |
Down BGP is operationally disabled. |
|
Up BGP is operationally enabled. |
|
|
Confederation AS |
The configured confederation AS. |
|
Member Confederations |
The configured members of the BGP confederation. |
|
Number of Peer Groups |
The total number of configured BGP peer groups. |
|
Number of Peers |
The total number of configured BGP peers. |
|
Total BGP Active Routes |
The total number of BGP routes used in the forwarding table. |
|
Total BGP Routes |
The total number of BGP routes learned from BGP peers. |
|
Total BGP Paths |
The total number of unique sets of BGP path attributes learned from BGP peers. |
|
Total Path Memory |
Total amount of memory used to store the path attributes. |
|
Total Suppressed Routes |
Total number of suppressed routes because of route damping. |
|
Total History Routes |
Total number of routes with history because of route damping. |
|
Total Decayed Routes |
Total number of decayed routes because of route damping. |
|
Neighbor |
BGP neighbor address. |
|
AS (Neighbor) |
BGP neighbor AS number. |
|
PktRcvd |
Total number of packets received from the BGP neighbor. |
|
PktSent |
Total number of packets sent to the BGP neighbor. |
|
InQ |
The number of BGP messages to be processed. |
|
OutQ |
The number of BGP messages to be transmitted. |
|
Up/Down |
The amount of time that the BGP neighbor has either been established or not established depending on its current state. |
|
State|Recv/Actv/Sent |
The BGP neighbor current state (if not established) or the number of received routes, active routes and sent routes (if established). |
interface
Syntax
interface [{[ip-address | ip-int-name] [detail]} | summary]
Context
show>router
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays the router IP interface table sorted by interface index.
Parameters
- ip-address
Displays only the interface information associated with the specified IP address.
- ip-int-name
Displays only the interface information associated with the specified IP interface name.
- detail
Displays detailed IP interface information.
- summary
Displays summary IP interface information for the router.
Output
The following outputs are examples of router interface information, and the associated tables describe the output fields.
-
Sample output — standard, Output fields: IP interface standard
-
Sample output — summary, Output fields: router IP interface summary
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 interface detail
==============================================================================
Interface Table
==============================================================================
Interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If Name : to-ser1
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
IP Addr/mask : 10.10.13.3/24 Address Type : Primary
IGP Inhibit : Disabled Broadcast Address: Host-ones
IP Addr/mask : 10.200.0.1/16 Address Type : Secondary
IGP Inhibit : Enabled Broadcast Address: Host-ones
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Details
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If Index : 2
Port Id : 1/1/2 If Type : Network
Egress Filter: none Ingress Filter : 100
QoS Policy : 1 SNTP Broadcast : False
MAC Address : 04:5d:01:01:00:02 Arp Timeout : 14400
ICMP Details
Redirects : Disabled
Unreachables : Number - 100 Time (seconds) - 10
TTL Expired : Number - 100 Time (seconds) - 10
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
If Name |
The IP interface name. |
|
Admin State |
Down — The IP interface is administratively disabled. Up — The IP interface is administratively enabled. |
|
Oper State |
Down — The IP interface is operationally disabled. Up — The IP interface is operationally disabled. |
|
IP Addr/mask |
The IP address and subnet mask length of the IP interface. Not Assigned — Indicates no IP address has been assigned to the IP interface. |
|
Address Type |
Primary — The IP address for the IP interface is the Primary address on the IP interface. Secondary — The IP address for the IP interface is a Secondary address on the IP interface. |
|
IGP Inhibit |
Disabled — The secondary IP address on the interface is recognized as a local interface by the IGP. Enabled — The secondary IP address on the interface is not recognized as a local interface by the IGP. |
|
Broadcast Address |
All-ones — The broadcast format on the IP interface is all ones. Host-ones — The broadcast format on the IP interface is host ones. |
|
If Index |
The interface index of the IP router interface. |
|
If Type |
Network — The IP interface is a network/core IP interface. Service — The IP interface is a service IP interface. |
|
Port Id |
The port ID of the IP interface. |
|
Egress Filter |
The egress IP filter policy ID associated with the IP interface. none — Indicates no egress filter policy is associated with the interface. |
|
Ingress Filter |
The ingress IP filter policy ID associated with the IP interface. none — Indicates no ingress filter policy is associated with the interface. |
|
QoS Policy |
The QoS policy ID associated with the IP interface. |
|
SNTP Broadcast |
False — Receipt of SNTP broadcasts on the IP interface is disabled. True — Receipt of SNTP broadcasts on the IP interface is enabled. |
|
MAC Address |
The MAC address of the IP interface. |
|
Arp Timeout |
The ARP timeout for the interface, in seconds, which is the time an ARP entry is maintained in the ARP cache without being refreshed. |
|
ICMP Mask Reply |
False — The IP interface does not reply to a received ICMP mask request. True — The IP interface replies to a received ICMP mask request. |
|
Redirects |
Specifies the maximum number of ICMP redirect messages the IP interface issues in a specific period of time (Time (seconds)). Disabled — Indicates the IP interface does not generate ICMP redirect messages. |
|
Unreachables |
Specifies the maximum number of ICMP destination unreachable messages the IP interface issues in a specific period of time. Disabled — Indicates the IP interface does not generate ICMP destination unreachable messages. |
|
TTL Expired |
The maximum number (Number) of ICMP TTL expired messages the IP interface issues in a specific period of time (Time (seconds)). Disabled — Indicates the IP interface does not generate ICMP TTL expired messages. |
*A:7210SAS>show>router interface i1 detail
===============================================================================
Interface Table (Router: Base)
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If Name : i1
Admin State : Up Oper (v4/v6) : Down/--
Protocols : None
IP Addr/mask : Not Assigned
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description : (Not Specified)
If Index : 2 Virt. If Index : 2
Last Oper Chg: 03/07/2001 01:47:29 Global If Index : 127
Port Id : 1/1/1
TOS Marking : Trusted If Type : Network
Egress Filter: none Ingress Filter : none
Egr IPv6 Flt : none Ingr IPv6 Flt : none
SNTP B.Cast : False QoS Policy : 2
Queue-group : None
MAC Address : 00:25:ba:0d:27:32 Arp Timeout : 14400
IP Oper MTU : 9198
LdpSyncTimer : None Strip-Label : Disabled
uRPF Chk : disabled
uRPF Fail By*: 0 uRPF Chk Fail Pk*: 0
ICMP Details
Redirects : Number - 100 Time (seconds) - 10
Unreachables : Number - 100 Time (seconds) - 10
TTL Expired : Number - 100 Time (seconds) - 10
===============================================================================
Meter Statistics
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress Meter 1 (Unicast)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 9 (Multipoint)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
===============================================================================
===============================================================================
* indicates that the corresponding row element may have been truncated.
*A:7210SAS>show>router#| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Interface-Name |
The IP interface name. |
|
Type |
n/a — No IP address has been assigned to the IP interface, so the IP address type is not applicable. Pri — The IP address for the IP interface is the Primary address on the IP interface. Sec — The IP address for the IP interface is a secondary address on the IP interface. |
|
IP-Address |
The IP address and subnet mask length of the IP interface. n/a — Indicates no IP address has been assigned to the IP interface. |
|
Adm |
Down — The IP interface is administratively disabled. Up — The IP interface is administratively enabled. |
|
Opr |
Down — The IP interface is operationally disabled. Up — The IP interface is operationally enabled. |
|
Mode |
Network — The IP interface is a network/core IP interface. Service — The IP interface is a service IP interface. |
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 interface summary
===============================================================================
Router Summary (Interfaces)
===============================================================================
Instance Router Name Interfaces Admin-Up Oper-Up
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Base 7 7 5
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Instance |
The router instance number. |
|
Router Name |
The name of the router instance. |
|
Interfaces |
The number of IP interfaces in the router instance. |
mvpn
Syntax
mvpn
Context
show>router
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays multicast VPN related information. The router instance must be specified.
Output
The following output is an example of MVPN information, and Output fields: MVPN describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:Dut-y# show router 10 mvpn
===============================================================================
MVPN 10 configuration data
===============================================================================
signaling : Bgp auto-discovery : Default
UMH Selection : Highest-Ip intersite-shared : Enabled
vrf-import : N/A
vrf-export : N/A
vrf-target : unicast
C-Mcast Import RT : target:16.16.16.16:3
ipmsi : ldp
i-pmsi P2MP AdmSt : Up
spmsi : ldp
s-pmsi P2MP AdmSt : Up
max-p2mp-spmsi : 251
data-delay-interval: 3 seconds
enable-asm-mdt : N/A
data-threshold : 224.0.0.0/4 --> 1 kbps
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-y# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
signaling |
Displays the signaling type. |
|
UMH Selection |
Displays the UMH selection method. |
|
vrf-import |
Displays the VRF import policy in use. |
|
vrf-export |
Displays the VRF export policy in use. |
|
vrf-target |
Displays the VRF target. |
|
C-Mcast Import RT |
Displays the c-multicast import router PE system address or loopback address. This address is common for all VPNs on the PE. |
|
ipmsi |
Displays the signaling protocol used to setup the I-PMSI tree transport tunnel. |
|
i-pmsi P2MP AdmSt |
Displays I-PMSI P2MP administrative state. |
|
spmsi |
Displays signaling protocol used to setup the S-PMSI tree transport tunnel. |
|
s-pmsi P2MP AdmSt |
Displays the S-PMSI P2MP administrative state. |
|
max-p2mp-spmsi |
Displays the maximum number of P2MP S-PMSIs. |
|
data-delay-interval |
Displays the interval, in seconds, before a PE router connected to the source switches traffic from the inclusive provider tunnel to the selective provider tunnel. |
|
enable-asm-mdt |
Displays whether ASM MDT is enabled. |
|
data-threshold |
Displays the data threshold. |
mvpn-list
Syntax
mvpn-list [type type] [auto-discovery auto-discovery] [signalling signalling] [group group]
Context
show>router
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays multicast VPN list-related information. The router instance must be specified.
Parameters
- type
Specifies the MVPN type.
- auto-discovery
Specifies the auto-discovery mode.
- signalling
Specifies the signaling type.
- group
Specifies the group address.
Output
The following output is an example of multicast VPN list information, and Output fields: MVPN list describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:Dut-y# show router mvpn-list
===============================================================================
MVPN List
===============================================================================
VprnID Sig A-D iPmsi/sPmsi GroupAddr/Lsp-Template (S,G)/(*,G)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Bgp Default Mldp/Mldp N/A 512/0
20 Bgp Default Mldp/Mldp N/A 512/0
30 Bgp Default None/None N/A 0/0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total PIM I-PMSI tunnels : 0
Total RSVP I-PMSI tunnels : 0
Total MLDP I-PMSI tunnels : 2
Total PIM TX S-PMSI tunnels : 0
Total RSVP TX S-PMSI tunnels : 0
Total MLDP TX S-PMSI tunnels : 502
Total PIM RX S-PMSI tunnels : 0
Total RSVP RX S-PMSI tunnels : 0
Total MLDP RX S-PMSI tunnels : 0
Total (S,G) : 1024
Total (*,G) : 0
Total Mvpns : 3
Sig = Signal Pim-a = pim-asm Pim-s = pim-ssm A-D = Auto-Discovery
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-y# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Total PIM I-PMSI tunnels |
Displays the total number of PIM I-PMSI tunnels. |
|
Total RSVP I-PMSI tunnels |
Displays the total number of RSVP I-PMSI tunnels. |
|
Total MLDP I-PMSI tunnels |
Displays the total number of MLDP I-PMSI tunnels. |
|
Total PIM TX I-PMSI tunnels |
Displays the total number of PIM I-PMSI transmit tunnels. |
|
Total RSVP TX I-PMSI tunnels |
Displays the total number of RSVP I-PMSI transmit tunnels. |
|
Total MLDP TX I-PMSI tunnels |
Displays the total number of MLDP I-PMSI transmit tunnels. |
|
Total PIM RX I-PMSI tunnels |
Displays the total number of PIM I-PMSI receive tunnels. |
|
Total RSVP RX I-PMSI tunnels |
Displays the total number of RSVP I-PMSI receive tunnels. |
|
Total MLDP RX I-PMSI tunnels |
Displays the total number of MLDP I-PMSI receive tunnels. |
|
Total (S,G) |
Displays the total number of (S,G) multicast groups. |
|
Total (*,G) |
Displays the total number of (*,G) multicast groups. |
|
Total Mvpns |
Displays the total number of MVPNs. |
route-table
Syntax
route-table [ip-prefix [/mask] [longer] | [protocol protocol] | [summary]]
Context
show>router
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays the active routes in the routing table.
If no command line arguments are specified, all routes are displayed, sorted by prefix.
Parameters
- ip-prefix[/mask]
Displays routes only matching the specified ip-prefix and optional mask.
- longer
Displays routes matching the ip-prefix/mask and routes with longer masks.
- protocol protocol
Displays routes learned from the specified protocol.
- summary
Displays route table summary information.
Output
The following output is an example of route table information, and Output fields: route table describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show router 3 route-table
==============================================================================
Route Table
==============================================================================
Dest Address Next Hop Type Protocol Age Metric Pref
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.0.1/32 10.10.13.1 Remote OSPF 65844 1001 10
10.10.0.2/32 10.10.13.1 Remote OSPF 65844 2001 10
10.10.0.3/32 0.0.0.0 Local Local 1329261 0 0
10.10.0.4/32 10.10.34.4 Remote OSPF 3523 1001 10
10.10.0.5/32 10.10.35.5 Remote OSPF 1084022 1001 10
10.10.12.0/24 10.10.13.1 Remote OSPF 65844 2000 10
10.10.13.0/24 0.0.0.0 Local Local 65859 0 0
10.10.15.0/24 10.10.13.1 Remote OSPF 58836 2000 10
10.10.24.0/24 10.10.34.4 Remote OSPF 3523 2000 10
10.10.25.0/24 10.10.35.5 Remote OSPF 399059 2000 10
10.10.34.0/24 0.0.0.0 Local Local 3543 0 0
10.10.35.0/24 0.0.0.0 Local Local 1329259 0 0
10.10.45.0/24 10.10.34.4 Remote OSPF 3523 2000 10
10.200.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 Local Local 4513 0 0
192.168.0.0/20 0.0.0.0 Local Local 1329264 0 0
192.168.254.0/24 0.0.0.0 Remote Static 11 1 5
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 route-table 10.10.0.4
===============================================================================
Route Table
==============================================================================
Dest Address Next Hop Type Protocol Age Metric Pref
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.0.4/32 10.10.34.4 Remote OSPF 3523 1001 10
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 route-table 10.10.0.4/32 longer
==============================================================================
Route Table
==============================================================================
Dest Address Next Hop Type Protocol Age Metric Pref
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.0.4/32 10.10.34.4 Remote OSPF 3523 1001 10
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of Routes: 1
==============================================================================
+ : indicates that the route matches on a longer prefix
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 route-table protocol ospf
==============================================================================
Route Table
==============================================================================
Dest Address Next Hop Type Protocol Age Metric Pref
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.0.1/32 10.10.13.1 Remote OSPF 65844 1001 10
10.10.0.2/32 10.10.13.1 Remote OSPF 65844 2001 10
10.10.0.4/32 10.10.34.4 Remote OSPF 3523 1001 10
10.10.0.5/32 10.10.35.5 Remote OSPF 1084022 1001 10
10.10.12.0/24 10.10.13.1 Remote OSPF 65844 2000 10
10.10.15.0/24 10.10.13.1 Remote OSPF 58836 2000 10
10.10.24.0/24 10.10.34.4 Remote OSPF 3523 2000 10
10.10.25.0/24 10.10.35.5 Remote OSPF 399059 2000 10
10.10.45.0/24 10.10.34.4 Remote OSPF 3523 2000 10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 route-table summary
===============================================================================
Route Table Summary
===============================================================================
Active Available
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Static 1 1
Direct 6 6
BGP 0 0
OSPF 9 9
ISIS 0 0
RIP 0 0
Aggregate 0 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 15 15
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Dest Address |
The route destination address and mask. |
|
Next Hop |
The next-hop IP address for the route destination. |
|
Type |
Local — The route is a local route. Remote — The route is a remote route. |
|
Protocol |
The protocol through which the route was learned. |
|
Age |
The age, in seconds, for the route. |
|
Metric |
The metric value for the route. |
|
Pref |
The preference value for the route. |
|
No. of Routes |
The number of routes displayed in the list. |
static-arp
Syntax
static-arp [ip-address | ip-int-name | mac ieee-mac-addr]
Context
show>router
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays the router static ARP table sorted by IP address.
If no options are present, all ARP entries are displayed.
Parameters
- ip-address
Displays only static ARP entries associated with the specified IP address.
- ip-int-name
Displays only static ARP entries associated with the specified IP interface name.
- mac ieee-mac-addr
Displays only static ARP entries associated with the specified MAC address.
Output
The following output is an example of static ARP table information, and Output fields: ARP table describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-arp
==============================================================================
ARP Table
==============================================================================
IP Address MAC Address Age Type Interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.200.0.253 00:00:5a:40:00:01 00:00:00 Sta to-ser1
10.200.1.1 00:00:5a:01:00:33 00:00:00 Inv to-ser1a
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of ARP Entries: 2
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-arp 10.200.1.1
==============================================================================
ARP Table
==============================================================================
IP Address MAC Address Age Type Interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.200.1.1 00:00:5a:01:00:33 00:00:00 Inv to-ser1 a
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-arp to-ser1
==============================================================================
ARP Table
==============================================================================
IP Address MAC Address Age Type Interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.200.0.253 00:00:5a:40:00:01 00:00:00 Sta to-ser1
===============================================================================
S*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-arp mac 00:00:5a:40:00:01
==============================================================================
ARP Table
==============================================================================
IP Address MAC Address Age Type Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.200.0.253 00:00:5a:40:00:01 00:00:00 Sta to-ser1
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
IP Address |
The IP address of the static ARP entry. |
|
MAC Address |
The MAC address of the static ARP entry. |
|
Age |
The age of the ARP entry. Static ARPs always have 00:00:00 for the age. |
|
Type |
Inv — The ARP entry is an inactive static ARP entry (invalid). Sta — The ARP entry is an active static ARP entry. |
|
Interface |
The IP interface name associated with the ARP entry. |
|
No. of ARP Entries |
The number of ARP entries displayed in the list. |
static-route
Syntax
static-route [ip-prefix /mask] | [preference preference] | [next-hop ip-addr | tag tag] [detail]
Context
show>router
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays the static entries in the routing table.
If no options are present, all static routes are displayed sorted by prefix.
Parameters
- ip-prefix /mask
Displays only static routes matching the specified ip-prefix and mask.
- preference preference
Displays only static routes with the specified route preference.
- next-hop ip-addr
Displays only static routes with the specified next hop IP address.
- detail
Displays detailed information about the static route.
- tag
Displays the tag used to add a 32-bit integer tag to the static route. The tag is used in route policies to control distribution of the route into other protocols.
Output
The following output is an example of static routing table entry information, and Output fields: static route table describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-route
==============================================================================
Route Table
==============================================================================
IP Addr/mask Pref Metric Type Nexthop Interface Active
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
192.168.250.0/24 5 1 ID 10.200.10.1 to-ser1 Y
192.168.252.0/24 5 1 NH 10.10.0.254 n/a N
192.168.253.0/24 5 1 NH to-ser1 n/a N
192.168.253.0/24 5 1 NH 10.10.0.254 n/a N
192.168.254.0/24 4 1 BH black-hole n/a Y
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-route 192.168.250.0/24
==============================================================================
Route Table
==============================================================================
IP Addr/mask Pref Metric Type Nexthop Interface Active
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
192.168.250.0/24 5 1 ID 10.200.10.1 to-ser1 Y
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-route preference 4
=============================================================================
Route Table
==============================================================================
IP Addr/mask Pref Metric Type Nexthop Interface Active
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
192.168.254.0/24 4 1 BH black-hole n/a Y
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-route next-hop 10.10.0.254
==============================================================================
Route Table
==============================================================================
IP Addr/mask Pref Metric Type Nexthop Interface Active
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
192.168.253.0/24 5 1 NH 10.10.0.254 n/a N
=============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:Dut-B# show router static-route
===============================================================================
Static Route Table (Router: Base) Family: IPv4
===============================================================================
Prefix Tag Met Pref Type Act
Next Hop Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2.3.4/32 0 1 5 NH Y
10.11.25.6
ip-10.11.25.5_base_to_cpe_static
10.11.15.0/24 0 1 5 NH Y
10.11.25.6
ip-10.11.25.5_base_to_cpe_static
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of Static Routes: 2
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-B# show router static-route detail
==============================================================================
Static Route Table (Router: Base) Family: IPv4
==============================================================================
Network : 10.2.3.4/32
Nexthop : 10.11.25.6
Type : Nexthop Nexthop Type : IP
Interface : ip-10.11.25.5_base_to_cpe_stat* Active : Y
Metric : 1 Preference : 5
Admin State : Up Tag : 0
BFD : disabled
CPE-check : enabled State : n/a
Target : 10.11.18.6
Interval : 1 Drop Count : 3
Log : N
CPE Host Up Time : 0d 00:00:02
CPE Echo Req Tx : 3 CPE Echo Reply Rx : 3
CPE Up Trans : 1 CPE Down Trans : 0
CPE TTL : 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.11.15.0/24
Nexthop : 10.11.25.6
Type : Nexthop Nexthop Type : IP
Interface : ip-10.11.25.5_base_to_cpe_stat* Active : Y
Metric : 1 Preference : 5
Admin State : Up Tag : 0
BFD : disabled
CPE-check : disabled
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of Static Routes: 2
==============================================================================| Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
IP Addr/mask |
The static route destination address and mask. |
|
Pref |
The route preference value for the static route. |
|
Metric |
The route metric value for the static route. |
|
Type |
BH — The static route is a blackhole route. The next hop for this type of route is black hole. ID — The static route is an indirect route, where the next hop for this type of route is the non-directly connected next hop. NH — The route is a static route with a directly connected next hop. The next hop for this type of route is either the next-hop IP address or an egress IP interface name. |
|
Next Hop |
The next hop for the static route destination. |
|
Interface |
The egress IP interface name for the static route. n/a — indicates there is no current egress interface because the static route is inactive or a blackhole route. |
|
Active |
N — The static route is inactive; for example, the static route is disabled or the next hop IP interface is down. Y — The static route is active. |
|
No. of Routes |
The number of routes displayed in the list. |
tunnel-table
Syntax
tunnel-table [ip-address[/mask] [protocol protocol | sdp sdp-id]
tunnel-table [summary]
Context
show>router
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays tunnel table information.
When the auto-bind command is used when configuring a VPRN service, it means the MP-BGP NH resolution is referring to core routing instance for IP reachability. For a VPRN service, this object specifies the lookup to be used by the routing instance, if no SDP to the destination exists.
Parameters
- ip-address[/mask]
Displays the specified tunnel table destination IP address and mask.
- protocol protocol
Displays LDP protocol information.
- sdp sdp-id
Displays information pertaining to the specified SDP.
- summary
Displays summary tunnel table information.
Output
The following output is an example of tunnel table information, and Output fields: tunnel table describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12>config>service# show router 3 tunnel-table summary
=============================================================================
Tunnel Table Summary (Router: Base)
=============================================================================
Active Available
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LDP 1 1
SDP 1 1
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12>config>service# | Label | Description |
|---|---|
|
Destination |
The route destination address and mask. |
|
Owner |
Specifies the tunnel owner. |
|
Encap |
Specifies the tunnel encapsulation type. |
|
Tunnel ID |
Specifies the tunnel (SDP) identifier. |
|
Pref |
Specifies the route preference for routes learned from the configured peers. |
|
Nexthop |
The next hop for the route destination. |
|
Metric |
The route metric value for the route. |
Clear commands
interface
Syntax
interface [ip-int-name | ip-addr] [icmp]
Context
clear>router
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command clears IP interface statistics.
If no IP interface is specified, either by IP interface name or IP address, the command performs the clear operation on all IP interfaces.
Parameters
- ip-int-name | ip-addr
Specifies the IP interface name or IP interface address.
- icmp
Keyword that specifies to reset the ICMP statistics for the IP interfaces used for ICMP rate limit.
damping
Syntax
damping [[ip-prefix/mask] [neighbor ip-address]] | [group name]
Context
clear>router>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command clears or resets the route damping information for received routes.
Parameters
- ip-prefix/mask
Clears damping information for entries that match the IP prefix and mask length.
- neighbor ip-address
Clears damping information for entries received from the BGP neighbor.
- group name
Clears damping information for entries received from any BGP neighbors in the peer group.
flap-statistics
Syntax
flap-statistics [[ip-prefix/mask] [neighbor ip-addr]] | [group group-name] | [regex reg-exp] | [policy policy-name]
Context
clear>router>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command clears route flap statistics.
Parameters
- ip-prefix/mask
Clears route flap statistics for entries that match the specified IP prefix and mask length.
- neighbor ip-addr
Clears route flap statistics for entries received from the specified BGP neighbor.
- group group-name
Clears route flap statistics for entries received from any BGP neighbors in the specified peer group.
- regex reg-exp
Clears route flap statistics for all entries that have the regular expression and the AS path that matches the regular expression.
- policy policy-name
Clears route flap statistics for entries that match the specified route policy.
neighbor
Syntax
neighbor {ip-addr | as as-number | external | all} [soft | soft-inbound | statistics]
Context
clear>router>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command resets the specified BGP peer or peers. This can cause existing BGP connections to be shut down and restarted.
Parameters
- ip-addr
Resets the BGP neighbor with the specified IP address.
- as as-number
Resets all BGP neighbors with the specified peer AS number.
- external
Resets all EBGP neighbors.
- all
Resets all BGP neighbors.
- soft
Keyword to specify that the BGP neighbors reevaluate all routes in the Local-RIB against the configured export policies.
- soft-inbound
Keyword to specify that the BGP neighbors reevaluate all routes in the RIB-In against the configured import policies.
- statistics
Keyword that specifies the BGP neighbor statistics.
protocol
Syntax
protocol
Context
clear>router>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command resets the entire BGP protocol. If the AS number was previously changed, the BGP AS number does not inherit the new value.
database
Syntax
database
Context
clear>router>rip
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command clears all routes in the RIP database.
id
Syntax
id service-id
Context
clear>service
clear>service>statistics
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command clears commands for a specific service.
Parameters
- service-id
Specifies the ID that uniquely identifies a service.
sap
Syntax
sap sap-id {all | counters | stp}
Context
clear>service>statistics
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command clears SAP statistics for a SAP.
Parameters
- sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
spoke-sdp
Syntax
spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id ingress-vc-label
Context
clear>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command clears and resets the spoke-SDP bindings for the service.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Specifies the spoke-SDP ID to be cleared and reset.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be cleared and reset.
sdp
Syntax
sdp sdp-id keep-alive
Context
clear>service>statistics
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command clears keepalive statistics associated with the SDP ID.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Specifies the SDP ID for which to clear keepalive statistics.
counters
Syntax
counters
Context
clear>service>statistics>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command clears all traffic queue counters associated with the service ID.
spoke-sdp
Syntax
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] {all | counters | stp}
Context
clear>service>statistics>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command clears statistics for the spoke-SDP bound to the service.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Specifies the spoke-SDP ID for which to clear statistics.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
- all
Clears all queue statistics and STP statistics associated with the SDP.
- counters
Clears all queue statistics associated with the SDP.
- stp
Clears all STP statistics associated with the SDP.
stp
Syntax
stp
Context
clear>service>statistics>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command clears all spanning tree statistics for the service ID.
Debug commands
id
Syntax
[no] id service-id
Context
debug>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command debugs commands for a specific service.
The no form of this command disables debugging.
Parameters
- service-id
Specifies the ID that uniquely identifies a service.
sap
Syntax
[no] sap sap-id
Context
debug>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command displays Subscriber Host Connectivity Verification (SHCV) events for a particular SAP.
Parameters
- sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
sap
Syntax
[no] sap sap-id
Context
debug>service>id
debug>service>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables STP debugging for a specific SAP.
The no form of this command disables debugging.
Parameters
- sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
sdp
Syntax
[no] sdp sdp-id:vc-id
Context
debug>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables STP debugging for a specific SDP.
The no form of this command disables debugging.
event-type
Syntax
[no] event-type {config-change | svc-oper-status-change | sap-oper-status-change | sdpbind-oper-status-change}
Context
debug>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables debugging for an event type.
The no form of this command disables debugging.
event-type
Syntax
[no] event-type {config-change | oper-status-change}
Context
debug>service>id>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables debugging for an event type.
The no form of this command disables debugging.
stp
Syntax
[no] stp
Context
debug>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables the context for debugging STP.
The no form of this command disables debugging.
all-events
Syntax
all-events
Context
debug>service>id>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables STP debugging for all events.
The no form of this command disables debugging.
bpdu
Syntax
[no] bpdu
Context
debug>service>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables STP debugging for received and transmitted BPDUs.
The no form of this command disables debugging.
core-connectivity
Syntax
[no] core-connectivity
Context
debug>service>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables STP debugging for core connectivity.
The no form of this command disables debugging.
exception
Syntax
[no] exception
Context
debug>service>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables STP debugging for exceptions.
The no form of this command disables debugging.
fsm-state-changes
Syntax
[no] fsm-state-changes
Context
debug>service>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables STP debugging for FSM state changes.
The no form of this command disables debugging.
fsm-timers
Syntax
[no] fsm-timers
Context
debug>service>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables STP debugging for FSM timer changes.
The no form of this command disables debugging.
port-role
Syntax
[no] port-role
Context
debug>service>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables STP debugging for changes in port roles.
The no form of this command disables debugging.
port-state
Syntax
[no] port-state
Context
debug>service>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command enables STP debugging for port states.
The no form of this command disables debugging.